QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC
S-4, 1999-02-25
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC, S-4/A, 1999-02-25
Next: TARRAGON REALTY INVESTORS INC, SC 13D/A, 1999-02-25






<PAGE>



       AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 25, 1999
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-_____
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------
                                    FORM S-4
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                    QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

       DELAWARE                  4813                      84-1339282
    (STATE OR OTHER        (PRIMARY STANDARD             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    JURISDICTION OF            INDUSTRIAL              IDENTIFICATION NO.)
    INCORPORATION OR      CLASSIFICATION CODE
    ORGANIZATION)              NUMBER)

                               700 QWEST TOWER
                            555 SEVENTEENTH STREET
                            DENVER, COLORADO 80202
                                (303) 992-1400
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                    REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                                 ---------------
                              ROBERT S. WOODRUFF
                       EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT--FINANCE
                    QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.
                                700 QWEST TOWER
                            555 SEVENTEENTH STREET
                            DENVER, COLORADO 80202
                                (303) 992-1400
      (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
     AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE FOR THE REGISTRANT)
                                 ---------------

                                  COPIES TO:
                                NICK NIMMO, ESQ.
                            HOLME ROBERTS & OWEN LLP
                         1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 4100
                             DENVER, COLORADO 80203
                                 (303) 861-7000
                                 ---------------

  APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE  SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC:  As  soon as  practicable  after  this  Registration  Statement  becomes
effective.
                                ---------------

If the securities  being registered on this form are being offered in connection
with the  formation of a holding  company and there is  compliance  with General
Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
- ------------------


<PAGE>



If this form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

                                ---------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PROPOSED          PROPOSED
TITLE OF EACH CLASS  AMOUNT       OFFERING     MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM
OF SECURITIES TO     TO BE        PRICE        AGGREGATE         AMOUNT OF
BE REGISTERED        REGISTERED   PER UNIT(1)  OFFERING PRICE(1) REGISTRATION
                                                                 FEE(2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.25% Senior
Notes Due 2008....   $300,000,000  100%        $300,000,000      $85,264
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in
         accordance with Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)      Calculated  pursuant  to Rule  457(f)(2)  based  on the  book  value on
         February 22, 1999 of the notes to be received by the  Registrant in the
         exchange described herein.

The Registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  section  8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or until this registration  statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section
8(a), may determine.



<PAGE>
                      This Prospectus, dated  _____________, 1999, is subject to
                      completion and amendment.


PROSPECTUS

                        OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING
                              7.25% NOTES DUE 2008
                                       FOR
                          7.25% SERIES B NOTES DUE 2008
                                       OF
                     QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.

We are offering,  on the terms and conditions  described in this prospectus,  to
exchange all of our  outstanding  7.25% Senior Notes due 2008 for our registered
7.25% Series B Senior  Notes due 2008.  We issued the notes on November 27, 1998
and a total principal amount of $300.0 million is outstanding.  The terms of the
new 7.25% notes are  identical  to the terms of the old 7.25% notes  except that
the new 7.25% notes are registered  under federal  securities  laws and will not
contain any legends restricting their transfer.


                       Information about the 7.25% Notes:
                -----------------------------------------------
* Please consider the following:

- -    The 7.25% notes will mature on November 1, 2008.

- -    We will pay interest on the 7.25% notes semi-annually on May 1 and November
     1 of each year beginning May 1, 1999, at the rate of 7.25% per year.

- -    We have the  option to redeem  all or a portion  of the 7.25%  notes at any
     time at the redemption price set forth on page __ of this prospectus.

- -    You should carefully  review the Risk Factors  beginning on page __ of this
     prospectus.

- -    Our offer to  exchange  old 7.25%  notes for new 7.25%  notes  will be open
     until 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on  _____________,  1999,  unless we
     extend the offer.

- -    You should also carefully review the procedures for tendering the old 7.25%
     notes beginning on page __ of this prospectus.

- -    The 7.25% notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of
     payment to our existing  future  senior debt and senior in right of payment
     to our existing and future  subordinated debt. As of September 30, 1998, we
     had $1,301.2  million of senior debt  ranking  equal in right of payment to
     the 7.25% notes.

- -    If you fail to  tender  your old 7.25%  notes,  you will  continue  to hold
     unregistered  securities  and  your  ability  to  transfer  them  could  be
     adversely affected.

- -    No public market currently exists for the 7.25% notes.

     We do not  intend to list the new 7.25%  notes on any  securities  exchange
and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated.

               --------------------------------------------------

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
Commission has approved or  disapproved  of these  securities or passed upon the
adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
                         ------------------------------

             The date of this prospectus is                  , 1999

<PAGE>
The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell the  7.25%  notes  until  the  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to buy the 7.25% notes in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

                                ----------------



<PAGE>





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>

Prospectus Summary.......................................................... 4
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements...................18
Risk Factors................................................................20
The Exchange Offer..........................................................30
Use of Proceeds.............................................................39
Capitalization..............................................................40
Description of the 7.25% Notes..............................................41
Description of Certain Indebtedness.........................................82
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.....................87
Plan of Distribution........................................................93
Legal Matters...............................................................94
Experts.....................................................................94
Where You Can Find More Information.........................................95
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.............................96


                            ------------------------
</TABLE>




<PAGE>




                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This brief summary highlights selected information from the prospectus.  It does
not  contain all of the  information  that is  important  to you. We urge you to
carefully read and review the entire prospectus and the other documents to which
it refers to fully  understand the terms of the new 7.25% notes and the exchange
offer. We sometimes  refer to Qwest  Communications  International  Inc. in this
prospectus  as "Qwest" and,  together  with its  subsidiaries,  including  Qwest
Communications Corporation ("QCC"), as the "Company."


THE COMPANY

We offer a full range of voice, data and video  communications  services through
two core businesses: communications services and construction services.

Through our communications  services business we provide internet and multimedia
services,   business  services,   government  services,  consumer  services  and
wholesale  services.  Through our internet and multimedia services businesses we
provide internet access,  web hosting,  co-location and remote access and future
services,  based on internet  protocol,  or IP,  technology.  We are  developing
internet and multimedia  services according to market demand in partnership with
leading  information  technology  companies,   including  Microsoft  Corporation
(business  applications  and services) and Netscape  Communications  Corporation
(one-stop  access  for an array of  communications  services  accessed  over the
internet).  Through our  business  services,  government  services  and consumer
services  businesses we provide a full range of voice,  data,  video and related
services to business customers, governmental agencies and residential customers.
Through  our  wholesale  services  business  we  provide  high-volume  voice and
conventional private line services to other communications providers, as well as
to Internet service providers ("ISPs"), and other data service companies.

Through our construction  services business we construct and install fiber optic
systems for other communications providers, as well as for our own use.

Central  to  our  strategies  is  our  Macro  Capacity  (SM)  Fiber  Network,  a
high-capacity,  IP-based  fiber optic  network  designed to allow  customers  to
exchange   images,   data  and  voice   information.   The  network  will  reach
approximately  18,500  route  miles when  completed  in  mid-1999.  It employs a
self-healing  SONET ring architecture  that prevents  interruption in service to
the Company's customers by instantaneously  re-routing traffic in the event of a
fiber  cut.   It  is   equipped   with   technologically   advanced   fiber  and
state-of-the-art  transmission electronics.  At full capacity, our network could
transmit two trillion bits of  multimedia  information  per second.  Our network
architecture  supports  IP, ATM  (asynchronous  transfer  mode) and frame  relay
services, as well as circuit switched services.

In addition to significant advantages in service, speed and sophistication,  our
network's advanced  technologies should also provide a cost advantage over older
fiber systems  generally in commercial use today.  We expect an additional  cost
benefit from the sale of dark fiber along the network, which will reduce our net
cost in the network retained for our own use. We believe that the  technological
advantages  and growing reach of our network will position us to capture  market
share and take full advantage of the rapidly growing global demand for voice and
data transmission capacity and services.

Under our current  plan,  the network will connect over 130  metropolitan  areas
coast-to-coast. Leased digital fiber optic facilities and more than 15 switches


<PAGE>



throughout  the United  States  connect our network to  metropolitan  areas that
account for more than 95 percent of U.S.  call volume.  In April 1998, we became
the first  network  service  provider  to complete a  transcontinental  IP fiber
network when we activated  our network from Los Angeles to San  Francisco to New
York.

We are also forming a venture with KPN, the Dutch telecommunications company, to
build and operate a  pan-European  IP-based  fiber optic  network  linked to our
network in North America for data, video and voice services. KPN will contribute
to the venture two  bi-directional,  self-healing fiber optic rings (EuroRings 1
and 2),  presently under  construction in the United Kingdom,  Germany,  France,
Belgium and the  Netherlands,  covering more than 2,200 miles. In February 1999,
we completed the acquisition of Xlink Internet Service GmbH ("Xlink"), a leading
ISP  headquartered in Karlsruhe,  Germany.  We purchased the other 50 percent of
Xlink in March 1998 when we acquired EUnet International  Limited ("EUnet").  We
will contribute EUnet,  including Xlink, to the venture. The venturers will also
contribute  cash and  transatlantic  cable capacity that will connect  EuroRings
with our network in North America.

We are also  building a  1,400-route-mile  extension  of the U.S.  network  into
Mexico.  We expect to complete the  extension in early 1999.  We own capacity on
three  undersea  systems  linking  our  network  to  Europe  and  are  part of a
consortium of communications companies that is building a submarine cable system
connecting  the U.S. to Japan.  The  13,125-mile  four-fiber  pair cable will be
capable of transmitting  information at the rate of 640 gigabits per second. The
consortium expects this project to be completed by the second quarter of 2000.


RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Fourth Quarter and Year-End  Results.  We reported  unaudited  year-end  results
including  revenue of $865.1  million  and  $2,242.7  million  for the three and
twelve months ended December 31, 1998, respectively,  compared to $206.4 million
and $696.7  million for the three and twelve  months  ended  December  31, 1998,
respectively.  In  addition,  we  reported a net loss of  ($844.0)  million,  or
($3.02)  per basic and  diluted  share for the year  ended  December  31,  1998,
compared  to net  earnings  of $14.5  million,  or $0.08 per basic and $0.07 per
diluted  share for the year ended  December 31, 1997.  In the fourth  quarter of
1998,  we  reported a net loss of  ($21.6)  million,  or  ($0.06)  per basic and
diluted share, compared to net earnings of $12.3 million, or $0.06 per basic and
diluted share in the fourth quarter of 1997.

Credit  Facility  Commitment.  In  February 1999, we received  commitments  from
several  banks to syndicate an unsecured  credit  facility in the amount of $1.0
billion.  It is a condition  to closing  that we sign a  mututally  satisfactory
credit agreement. We expect to close by the end of the first quarter of 1999.

Issuances of Notes.  On November 4, 1998,  we issued and sold $750.0  million in
principal  amount of our 7.50% Senior Notes due 2008.  The net proceeds from the
offering was  approximately  $741.0  million,  after  deducting  offering costs.
Interest  on the 7.50%  Notes is  payable  semiannually  in arrears on May 1 and
November 1 of each year,  commencing May 1, 1999. The 7.50% Notes are subject to
redemption  at our  option,  in  whole  or in  part,  at any  time at  specified
redemption prices.

In  connection  with the sale of the 7.50% Notes,  we agreed to make an offer to
exchange new notes,  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 and with terms
identical in all material respects to the original notes, for the original notes
or, alternatively,  to file a shelf registration  statement under the Securities
Act with respect to the original notes. We filed the  registration  statement on
February 2, 1999.

Redemption of Notes.  On December 31, 1998, we redeemed  $87.5 million of our 10
7/8% Senior Notes Due 2007.  Bankers Trust Company,  the Trustee for the 10 7/8%
notes, issued the required notice to affected noteholders on December 1, 1998.


<PAGE>



Under the terms of the Indenture  for the 10 7/8% notes,  dated August 28, 1997,
we may redeem up to 35%, or $87.5 million,  of the $250 million principal amount
of the 10 7/8% notes.

Equipment Credit Facility.  In December 1998, we repaid the outstanding  balance
of our equipment credit facility.  The balance of the facility was $57.3 million
at September 30, 1998.

Our principal  executive offices are located at 700 Qwest Tower, 555 Seventeenth
Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, and our telephone number is (303) 992-1400.

The Exchange Offer

Securities to be Exchanged...

     On November 27, 1998, we issued $300.0 million  aggregate  principal amount
     of old 7.25% notes to the initial  purchaser in a  transaction  exempt from
     the  registration  requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the new
     7.25%  notes and the old 7.25%  notes are  substantially  identical  in all
     material  respects,  except  that  the  new  7.25%  notes  will  be  freely
     transferable   by  the  holders  except  as  otherwise   provided  in  this
     prospectus. See "Description of the 7.25% Notes."

The Exchange Offer...........

     $1,000  principal  amount of new 7.25%  notes in  exchange  for each $1,000
     principal amount of old 7.25% notes. As of the date of this prospectus, old
     7.25% notes  representing  $300.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount are
     outstanding.

     Based on  interpretations  by the staff of the Commission,  as set forth in
     no-action  letters  issued to certain  third  parties  unrelated  to us, we
     believe  that new 7.25%  notes  issued  pursuant to the  exchange  offer in
     exchange for old 7.25% notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise
     transferred  by holders  (other than any holder which is an  "affiliate" of
     the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities
     Act, or a  broker-dealer  who purchased old 7.25% notes directly from us to
     resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available  exemption  promulgated
     under the Securities  Act),  without  compliance with the  registration and
     prospectus  delivery  requirements of the Securities Act, provided that the
     new 7.25%  notes  are  acquired  in the  ordinary  course  of the  holders'
     business and the holders have no arrangement with any person to engage in a
     distribution of new 7.25% notes.

     However,  the  Commission  has not  considered  the  exchange  offer in the
     context of a  no-action  letter and we cannot be sure that the staff of the
     Commission would make a similar determination with respect to this exchange
     offer.  Furthermore,   each  holder,  other  than  a  broker-dealer,   must
     acknowledge  that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
     distribution of the new 7.25% notes and has no arrangement or understanding
     to  participate in a distribution  of new 7.25% notes.  Each  broker-dealer
     that receives new 7.25% notes for its own account  pursuant to the exchange
     offer must  acknowledge  that it will comply with the  prospectus  delivery
     requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the new
     7.25% notes.  Broker-dealers  who acquired old 7.25% notes directly from us
     and not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities
     may not rely on the staff's interpretations  discussed above or participate
     in the  exchange  offer  and  must  comply  with  the  prospectus  delivery
     requirements of the Securities Act in order to resell the old 7.25% notes.




<PAGE>


Registration Rights
  Agreement..................

     We sold the old 7.25%  notes on November 27, 1998,  in a private  placement
     relying on Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act.  The old 7.25% notes were
     immediately  resold by the initial purchaser in reliance on Rule 144A under
     the  Securities  Act.  In  connection  with the  sale,  we  entered  into a
     Registration  Rights Agreement with the initial  purchaser  requiring us to
     make the exchange offer.  The  Registration  Rights Agreement also provides
     that we must use our reasonable best efforts to (i) cause the  registration
     statement for the exchange offer to be declared  effective  within 150 days
     of the date on which we  issued  the old  7.25%  notes  and (ii)  close the
     exchange  offer on or before the 180th day  following  the date on which we
     issued the old 7.25% notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and Effect."

Expiration Date..............

     The  exchange  offer  will  expire  at  5:00  p.m.,  New  York  City  time,
     ____________, 1999 or a later date and time to which we extend it.

Withdrawal...................

     The tender of the old 7.25%  notes  pursuant to the  exchange  offer may be
     withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1999, or
     a later date and time to which we extend the offer. Any old 7.25% notes not
     accepted for exchange  for any reason will be returned  without  expense to
     the  tendering  holder  as soon as  practicable  after the  exchange  offer
     expires or terminates.

Interest on the New 7.25% Notes and
  the Old 7.25% Notes..............

     Interest on the new 7.25%  notes will accrue from the date of the  original
     issuance  of the old  7.25%  notes or from  the  date of the last  periodic
     payment  of  interest  on the old  7.25%  notes,  whichever  is  later.  No
     additional  interest will be paid on old 7.25% notes  tendered and accepted
     for exchange.

Conditions to the Exchange
  Offer......................

     The exchange offer is subject to certain customary  conditions,  certain of
     which may we may waive.  See "The Exchange  Offer -- Certain  Conditions to
     Exchange Offer."

Procedures for Tendering Old 7.25%
  Notes......................

     Each holder of the old 7.25%  notes  wishing to accept the  exchange  offer
     must  complete,  sign and date the  letter of  transmittal,  or a copy,  in
     accordance  with the  instructions  contained in this prospectus and in the
     letter  of  transmittal,  and  mail or  otherwise  deliver  the  letter  of
     transmittal,  or the copy,  together with the old 7.25% notes and any other
     required  documentation,  to the exchange agent at the address set forth in
     this prospectus. Persons holding the old 7.25% notes through the Depository
     Trust Company  ("DTC") and wishing to accept the exchange  offer must do so
     pursuant  to the  DTC's  Automated  Tender  Offer  Program,  by which  each
     tendering  participant will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal.
     By  executing  or agreeing to be bound by the letter of  transmittal,  each
     holder will  represent to us that,  among other  things,  (i) the new 7.25%
     notes acquired pursuant to the


<PAGE>



     exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the
     person  receiving  the new 7.25%  notes,  whether  or not the person is the
     registered  holder of the old 7.25% notes,  (ii) the holder is not engaging
     in and does not intend to engage in a distribution  of the new 7.25% notes,
     (iii) the holder does not have an  arrangement  or  understanding  with any
     person to participate in the  distribution of the new 7.25% notes, and (iv)
     the holder is not an  "affiliate,"  as defined  under Rule 405  promulgated
     under the Securities Act, of our company.

     We will accept for  exchange any and all old 7.25% notes which are properly
     tendered (and not  withdrawn) in the exchange offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New
     York City time,  on , 1999.  The new 7.25%  notes  issued  pursuant  to the
     exchange offer will be delivered  promptly  following the expiration  date.
     See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Exchange Agent...............

     The Bank of New York is serving as exchange  agent in  connection  with the
     exchange offer.

Federal Income Tax
  Considerations.............

     In the  opinion of our  counsel,  the  exchange  of old 7.25% notes for new
     7.25% notes in the  exchange  offer  should not be a taxable  exchange  for
     United  States  federal  income tax  purposes.  See "Certain  United States
     Federal Income Tax Considerations."

Effect of not Tendering......

     Old 7.25% notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted
     will,  following  the  completion  of the  exchange  offer,  continue to be
     subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer. We will have no further
     obligation to provide for the registration  under the Securities Act of the
     old 7.25% notes.

The New 7.25% Notes

     The summary below  describes  the  principal  terms of the new 7.25% notes.
     Certain  of the  terms  and  conditions  described  below  are  subject  to
     important limitations and exceptions.  The "Description of the 7.25% Notes"
     section of this  prospectus  beginning on page __ contains a more  detailed
     description of the terms and conditions of the new 7.25% notes.

Issuer.......................

     Qwest Communications International Inc.

Securities Offered...........

     $300,000,000 principal amount of 7.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2008

Maturity.....................

     November 1, 2008

Interest Rate................

     7.25% per year (calculated using a 360-day year)

Ranking......................


<PAGE>



     The new 7.25% notes will be senior unsecured  obligations of Qwest and will
     rank equal in right of payment to our existing  and future  senior debt and
     senior  in  right  of  payment  to  all  of  Qwest's  existing  and  future
     subordinated  debt.  The new 7.25%  notes are not secured by any assets and
     are  effectively  subordinated  to our future secured  indebtedness  to the
     extent  of the  value  of  the  assets  securing  the  indebtedness.  As of
     September  30,  1998,  on a pro  forma  basis  after  giving  effect to the
     acquisition  of Icon CMT Corp.,  the  redemption of $87.5 million of our 10
     7/8%  notes,  the  repayment  of  $57.3  million  of our  equipment  credit
     facility,  the offering of the old 7.25%  notes,  the offering of our 7.50%
     Notes and the use of the proceeds  from these  offerings,  Qwest would have
     had  approximately  $1,912.0 million of indebtedness  outstanding,  none of
     which was secured. The new 7.25% notes are effectively  subordinated to all
     of the  present  and  future  indebtedness  and  other  liabilities  of our
     subsidiaries  (including  trade  payables).  The total  liabilities  of our
     subsidiaries  (after the  elimination  of loans and  advances  by us to our
     subsidiaries)  would have been  approximately  $1,893.7  million,  of which
     approximately  $32.0  million  was  secured.  Any  rights  of  us  and  our
     creditors,  including the holders of new 7.25% notes, to participate in the
     assets of any of our subsidiaries upon any liquidation or reorganization of
     any the subsidiary will be subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary's
     creditors (including trade creditors).

Optional Redemption..........

     We can  redeem  the  7.25%  notes  at any  time at a  price  of 100% of the
     principal amount plus the Applicable Premium (as defined).

Change of Control Offer......

     If a "Change of Control" of our Ccmpany occurs (as defined in the indenture
     for  the  7.25%  notes),  we  must  give  holders  of the  7.25%  notes  an
     opportunity to sell us their 7.25% notes at 101% of their face amount, plus
     accrued interest.

     We might not be able to pay you the required  price for new 7.25% notes you
     request us to  purchase  at the time of a Change of Control  because we may
     also have to repay our senior credit facility and may not have enough funds
     to repay all of our senior debt at that time.

Asset Sale Proceeds..........

          If we  engage  in  certain  asset  sales,  we must  generally  use the
          proceeds (1) first,  to the repayment of debt then  outstanding  under
          any credit facility,  to the extent the agreements would require us to
          do so or prohibit note  repurchases;  (2) second, to offer to purchase
          outstanding  7.25% notes at 100% of their face  amount,  plus  accrued
          interest;  (3) third,  to the repayment of other debt; and (4) fourth,
          to any other company use.

Certain Indenture
Provisions...................

     The indenture  governing the 7.25% notes  contains  covenants  limiting our
     (and most of our subsidiaries') ability to:

     - borrow additional money,

     - pay dividends or other distributions to stockholders,



<PAGE>



     - allow subsidiaries to guarantee our debt,

     - limit the ability of subsidiaries to make payments to us,

     - make certain investments,

     - create certain liens on our assets,

     - sell certain assets,

     - enter into transactions with affiliates,  and - engage in certain mergers
     or consolidations.

     These  covenants  are  subject  to a number of  important  limitations  and
     exceptions and are more fully  described  under  "Description  of the 7.25%
     Notes" beginning on page __.

     Under the terms of the indenture for the 7.25% notes, we have no obligation
     to comply with most of the covenants during any period when the 7.25% notes
     have been assigned  investment grade ratings. If the 7.25% notes later lose
     an investment  grade rating,  the covenants  will again apply,  but actions
     taken during the period  generally  cannot cause us to be in default if the
     covenants again become effective.  Consequently, the protection afforded by
     the covenants could be weakened if the 7.25% notes are assigned  investment
     grade ratings and subsequently downgraded to non-investment grade.

Use of Proceeds..............

     We will not receive any cash  proceeds  from the  issuance of the new 7.25%
     notes pursuant to this prospectus.


RISK FACTORS

We urge you to  carefully  review the Risk  Factors  beginning  on page __ for a
discussion of factors you should consider before exchanging your old 7.25% notes
for new 7.25% notes.





<PAGE>



                SELECTED HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                       CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations data
for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the nine months ended September 30,
1998 gives effect to the acquisitions of SuperNet,  Inc., Phoenix Network, Inc.,
LCI  International,  Inc. and subsidiary ("LCI") and Icon as if the acquisitions
had occurred on January 1, 1997.  The  unaudited  pro forma  condensed  combined
balance  sheet data as of September 30, 1998 set forth below gives effect to the
proposed  acquisition by us of all the issued and outstanding  shares of capital
stock of Icon and the  assumption  of the Icon stock  options and warrants as if
the acquisition  had occurred on September 30, 1998. The selected  unaudited pro
forma condensed  combined financial data does not give effect to our acquisition
of EUnet  International Ltd. and the joint venture with KPN Telecom B.V. because
the  disclosure  is not  required  under Rule 3-05 of  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission Regulation S-X.

The selected  unaudited pro forma condensed  combined financial data give effect
to the acquisitions  described above under the purchase method of accounting and
are  based on the  assumptions  and  adjustments  described  in the notes to the
Unaudited Pro Forma  Condensed  Combined  Financial  Statements  incorporated by
reference  in this  prospectus.  The  fair  value of the  consideration  will be
allocated to the assets and  liabilities  acquired based upon the fair values of
the assets and liabilities at the date of each respective acquisition and may be
revised  for a  period  of up to one  year  from  the  date of  each  respective
acquisition.  The  preliminary  estimates and assumptions as to the value of the
assets and  liabilities  of LCI and Icon to the combined  company are based upon
information  available at the date of  preparation  of the  Unaudited  Pro Forma
Condensed  Combined  Financial  Statements,  and will be adjusted upon the final
determination of the fair values.  The items awaiting final  allocation  include
LCI network asset valuation and final  determination  of the costs to sell these
assets.  It is anticipated  that final allocation of the LCI purchase price will
not differ materially from the preliminary allocation.

We have  undertaken a study to determine  the  allocation  of the Icon  purchase
price  to  the  various  assets  acquired,  including  in-process  research  and
development projects, and the liabilities assumed. Based on our consideration of
the study's preliminary findings as of this date, we have allocated a portion of
purchase price to certain intangible assets,  including  in-process R&D. See the
footnotes to the pro forma condensed combined  financial  statements for further
information on the preliminary allocation of purchase price.

The  selected  historical  financial  data as of the end of, and for each of the
years in, the five year period ended  December 31, 1997 and as of September  30,
1998 and 1997 and for the nine  months  ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997 have
been taken or derived  from the  respective  historical  consolidated  financial
statements of Qwest.



<PAGE>





        SELECTED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
              (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                     YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1997         1998
                                                    ------------ -------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue............................................    $2,473       $2,199
Operating expenses.................................     2,211        1,934
Depreciation and amortization......................       261          231
                                                       ------       ------
Earnings from operations...........................         1           34
Other expense, net.................................        39           64
                                                       ------       ------
Earnings before income taxes.......................       (38)         (30)
Income tax expense.................................        39           35
                                                       ------       ------
Net loss...........................................    $  (77)      $  (65)
                                                       ======       ======
Loss per share--basic and diluted..................    $(0.24)      $(0.20)
Shares used in calculating basic and diluted loss
 per share.........................................       326         329
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS OF
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                       1998
                                                                   -------------
<S>                                                                <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Current assets....................................................    $1,157
Property and equipment, net.......................................    $2,058
Total assets......................................................    $7,126
Debt..............................................................    $1,623
Total liabilities.................................................    $3,133
Total stockholders' equity........................................    $3,993
</TABLE>



<PAGE>



                  SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED
                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SEPTEMBER 30,
                           ------------------------------------  --------------
                           1993    1994    1995    1996   1997   1997   1998(1)
                           -----  ------  ------  ------  -----  -----  -------
                      (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND
 OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Total revenue............  $  69  $   71  $  125  $  231  $ 697  $ 490  $1,378
Total operating
 expenses................     80      82     161     243    673    490   2,164
Earnings (loss) from
 operations..............    (11)    (11)    (36)    (12)    24   --      (786)
Other (income)
 expense(2)..............   (123)    --        2      (2)   --      (5)     51
Earnings (loss) before
 income taxes............    112     (11)    (38)    (10)    24      5    (837)
Net earnings (loss)......  $  69  $   (7) $  (25) $   (7) $  15  $   2  $ (823)
                           =====  ======  ======  ======  =====  =====  ======
Earnings (loss) per
 share--basic............  $0.40  $(0.04) $(0.15) $(0.04) $0.08  $0.01  $(3.17)
Earnings (loss) per
 share--diluted..........  $0.40  $(0.04) $(0.15) $(0.04) $0.07  $0.01  $(3.17)
EBITDA(3)................  $  (1) $   (6) $  (26) $    7  $  42  $  13  $  214
Net cash provided by
 (used in)
 operating activities....  $  (7) $    3  $  (57) $   33  $ (36) $ (60) $  106
Net cash provided by
 (used in)
 investing activities....  $ 107  $  (42) $  (59) $  (53) $(357) $(196) $ (778)
Net cash provided by
 (used in)
 financing activities....  $ (96) $   34  $  114  $   26  $ 766  $ 436  $  518
Capital expenditures(4)..  $   4  $   41  $   49  $   86  $ 445  $ 213  $  751
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges(5).......    5.67     --      --      --    1.15    --      --
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 -------------------------- --------------------
                                 1993 1994 1995 1996  1997      1997     1998
                                 ---- ---- ---- ---- ------ -------- -----------
                                  (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                              <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>    <C>      <C>
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Total assets...................  $61  $89  $184 $263 $1,398 $    908 $  6,834
Long-term debt.................  $ 2  $27  $ 69 $109 $  630      269    1,387
Total stockholders' equity(6)..  $12  $25  $ 26 $  9 $  382      369    3,752
</TABLE>



<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  AS OF DECEMBER 31,          AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                           ------------------------------     -------------------
                            1995        1996        1997        1997        1998
                           ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
<S>                        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Route miles of
 conduit installed....... 3,200       3,650       9,500       7,900        15,979
Route miles of lit
 fiber installed.........   580         900       3,400       2,800         9,052
Total minutes....
 of use             237,000,000 382,000,000 669,000,000 433,000,000 6,252,000,000

</TABLE>
- --------
(1)  On June 5, 1998,  we acquired LCI. The  acquisition  was accounted for as a
     purchase and the results of LCI's operations are included with ours for the
     period subsequent to the acquisition.

(2)  In November  1993,  we sold  substantially  all of the fiber optic  network
     capacity  and  related  equipment  and  assets  that  we  owned  then  to a
     third-party  purchaser  for $185.0  million.  After  deducting the carrying
     value of the assets  sold and direct  costs  associated  with the sale,  we
     recognized a gain of approximately $126.5 million.

(3)  EBITDA  represents  net earnings  (loss)  before  interest,  income  taxes,
     depreciation and  amortization,  a nonrecurring  expense of $2.6 million in
     the year ended  December 30, 1996 to  restructure  operations,  the gain on
     sale  of   telecommunications   agreements   of  $6.1  million   (which  is
     non-recurring)  in the year ended  December 31,  1996,  the gain on sale of
     contract rights of approximately  $9.3 million (which is  non-recurring) in
     the year ended December 31, 1997 and non-recurring expenses of $813 million
     in the nine months  ended  September  30,  1998  related to the LCI merger.
     EBITDA includes  earnings from the  construction  contracts for the sale of
     dark fiber that we will use to provide  cash for the  construction  cost of
     our network.  EBITDA does not represent cash flow for the periods presented
     and should not be considered as an alternative to net earnings (loss) as an
     indicator of our operating  performance  or as an alternative to cash flows
     as a source of liquidity,  and may not be comparable with EBITDA as defined
     by  other  companies.  Qwest  believes  that  EBITDA  is  commonly  used by
     financial analysts and others in the telecommunications  industry.  Without
     the effect of Qwest's  growth  share plan  expense,  EBITDA would have been
     $115.2  million,  $20.0  million,  and $1.8  million  for the  years  ended
     December  31, 1997,  1996 and 1993,  respectively,  and $153.4  million and
     $80.6  million  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997,
     respectively.

(4)  Capital  expenditures  include  expenditures  for property  and  equipment,
     accrued  capital  expenditures,  capital  expenditures  financed  with  the
     equipment credit facility and initial obligations under capital leases.

(5)  Earnings were  insufficient  to cover fixed  charges by $864.0  million and
     $6.7 million for the nine month periods ended  September 30, 1998 and 1997,
     respectively,  and $12.6  million,  $40.4 million and $11.0 million for the
     years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.

(6)  We have not  declared  or paid cash  dividends  on our common  stock  since
     becoming a public company in June 1997.



<PAGE>



                         CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus  contains or incorporates by reference certain  "forward-looking
statements" as that term is used in federal  securities laws about our financial
condition,  results of operations and business.  These statements include, among
others:

(i)  statements  concerning  the  benefits  that we expect  will result from our
business  activities  and  certain  transactions  we  have  completed,  such  as
synergies  in the form of  increased  revenues,  decreased  expenses and avoided
expenses and expenditures,

(ii) our plans to complete our communications network and

(iii)  other  statements  of  our  expectations,   beliefs,   future  plans  and
strategies,  anticipated  developments and other matters that are not historical
facts.

These statements may be made expressly in this document,  or may be incorporated
by reference to other documents we have filed with the Commission.  You can find
many of these  statements  by looking for words such as  "believes,"  "expects,"
"anticipates,"  "estimates," or similar  expressions  used in this prospectus or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions,  risks and
uncertainties that may cause our actual results,  performance or achievements to
be materially  different from any future  results,  performance or  achievements
expressed  or implied  by us in those  statements.  The risks and  uncertainties
include  those risks,  uncertainties  and risk factors  identified,  among other
places, under "Risk Factors" in this prospectus, beginning on page __, and under
"Risk Factors" and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of  Operations" in the documents  incorporated  by reference in this
prospectus.

The most important factors that could prevent us from achieving our stated goals
include, but are not limited to, the following:

- - our failure  to construct our communications network on schedule and on
budget;

- - operating and financial  risks related to managing  rapid growth,  integrating
acquired businesses and sustaining  operating cash flow to meet our debt service
requirements, make capital expenditures and fund operations;

- - potential fluctuation in quarterly results;

- - volatility of stock price;

- - intense competition in the communications services market;

- - dependence on new product development;

- - our ability to achieve year 2000 compliance;

- - rapid and significant changes in technology and markets;

- - adverse changes in the regulatory or legislative environment affecting our
business;

- - failure to maintain necessary rights of way; and

- - satisfactory negotiation and execution of certain definitive documentation.

<PAGE>





Because the  statements are subject to risks and  uncertainties,  actual results
may differ  materially  from those  expressed or implied by the  forward-looking
statements.  You are  cautioned not to place undue  reliance on the  statements,
which speak only as of the date of this  prospectus or, in the case of documents
incorporated by reference, the date of the document.

The  cautionary  statements  contained or referred to in this section  should be
considered in connection  with any  subsequent  written or oral  forward-looking
statements  that we or persons  acting on our behalf may issue.  We undertake no
obligation  to review or  confirm  analysts'  expectations  or  estimates  or to
release  publicly any  revisions to any  forward-looking  statements  to reflect
events or  circumstances  after the date of this  prospectus  or to reflect  the
occurrence of unanticipated events.


                                 RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other  information  in this  prospectus,  the following  risk
factors should be considered  carefully in evaluating us and our business before
participating in the exchange offer.

Effect of Not Tendering

Holders of old 7.25%  notes who do not  exchange  their old 7.25%  notes for new
7.25% notes will continue to be subject to the  restrictions  on transfer of the
old 7.25% notes as set forth in the legends on the old 7.25% notes.  In general,
the old 7.25% notes may not be offered or sold, unless they are registered under
the  Securities  Act  or  are  exempt  from  registration.   See  "The  Exchange
Offer--Consequences of Failure to Exchange."

Holding Company Structure; Subordination of the 7.25% Notes to Indebtedness of
Subsidiaries

The 7.25% notes are obligations  only of Qwest,  which is a holding company with
no material assets other than the stock of its  subsidiaries.  Our  subsidiaries
conduct  substantially  all of our operations and own  substantially  all of our
assets.  As a result,  our cash flow and our  ability  to meet our debt  service
obligations,  including payments on the 7.25% notes, depends on the cash flow of
our  subsidiaries  and the  payment of funds by them to us in the form of loans,
dividends or  otherwise.  Our  subsidiaries  generally are not obligated to make
funds  available  to us for  payment on the 7.25%  notes or for other  purposes.
Existing debt agreements of our subsidiaries impose, and future debt instruments
of our subsidiaries may impose,  significant  restrictions on the ability of our
subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other  distributions or loans and advances
to us. In addition,  the ability of our  subsidiaries to make any payments to us
will  depend  on their  earnings,  business  and tax  considerations  and  legal
restrictions.

As a result,  the 7.25% notes  effectively  will rank junior to all existing and
future  indebtedness,  trade payables and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.
In the event of a bankruptcy or dissolution of a subsidiary,  our rights and the
rights of our creditors,  including the holders of the 7.25% notes,  to share in
the  assets  of the  subsidiary  will be  subject  to the  prior  claims  of the
subsidiary's creditors.  After the payment of the subsidiary's liabilities,  the
subsidiary may not have enough assets remaining to pay us and our creditors.  On
a pro forma basis after giving effect to the acquisition of Icon, the redemption
of $87.5  million of our 10 7/8% notes,  the  repayment of $57.3  million of our
equipment credit facility,  the offering of the old 7.25% notes, the offering of
our 7.50% Notes, and the use of the proceeds from these


<PAGE>



offerings,  at September 30, 1998, our subsidiaries would have had approximately
$1,893.7  million of outstanding  liabilities.  All of these  liabilities  would
effectively rank senior to the 7.25% notes. We expect that our subsidiaries will
incur additional indebtedness in the future.

The 7.25% Notes are Unsecured; Subordination of the 7.25% Notes to Secured
Indebtedness

The 7.25% notes will be general unsecured obligations of Qwest. As a result, the
7.25%  notes  will rank  junior in right of  payment to the claims of all of our
secured creditors to the extent of the value of the secured assets. If a default
or  acceleration  of our debt  occurs,  the  holders of the debt could seize the
assets securing the debt and sell the assets to satisfy all or a part of what is
owed. On a pro forma basis,  after giving effect to the acquisition of Icon, the
redemption of $87.5 million of our 10 7/8% notes, the repayment of $57.3 million
of our equipment credit facility,  the offering of our 7.50% notes, the offering
of the old 7.25%  notes and the use of the  proceeds  from these  offerings,  at
September  30, 1998,  we would have had  approximately  $32.0 million of secured
indebtedness. Future indebtedness incurred by us also may be secured.

The value of a substantial portion of our fixed assets is derived from employing
the assets in a communications business. These assets are highly specialized and
we expect  that,  taken  individually,  they would have  limited  marketability.
Consequently,  in the event of a realization by secured  creditors on the assets
of our subsidiaries, creditors would likely seek to sell the business as a going
concern in order to maximize the proceeds  realized.  The price  obtained upon a
sale could be adversely affected by the necessity to obtain approval of the sale
from the applicable regulatory  authorities and compliance with other applicable
governmental regulations.

Substantial Indebtedness; Ability to Incur Additional Debt

We have a significant amount of debt outstanding. As of September 30, 1998, on a
pro forma basis,  after giving effect to the acquisition of Icon, the redemption
of $87.5  million of our 10 7/8% notes,  the  repayment of $57.3  million of our
equipment credit facility,  the offering of our 7.50% notes, the offering of the
old 7.25% notes and the use of proceeds from these offerings,  we would have had
approximately   $2,295.7  million  of  long-term  debt  (including  the  current
portion),  and a  debt-to-equity  ratio of 0.6 to 1.0.  You should be aware that
this  significant  amount of debt could have important  consequences to you as a
holder of the 7.25% notes. For example,  a significant  portion of our cash flow
from operations must be dedicated to the repayment of the indebtedness,  thereby
reducing the amount of cash we have available for other purposes.

The indenture  governing the 7.25% notes limits,  but does not prohibit,  us and
our  subsidiaries  from  incurring  additional  debt.  We expect that we and our
subsidiaries may incur  substantial  additional debt in the future.  In February
1999,  we received  commitments  from  several  banks to  syndicate an unsecured
credit facility in the amount of $1.0 billion. It is a condition to closing that
we sign a mututally satisfactory credit agreement. We expect to close by the end
of the first quarter of 1999.



<PAGE>


Our ability to pay the  principal  of and  interest on our debt will depend upon
our future performance, which is subject to several uncertainties, many of which
are beyond our control.  We cannot assure you that we will have enough cash flow
in  the  future  to  let us  meet  our  anticipated  debt  service  requirements
(including  those  with  respect  to the 7.25%  notes).  Although  we  currently
anticipate  that we will pay the  principal and interest on the 7.25% notes with
cash flow from  operations,  we cannot  assure  you in this  regard.  Failure to
generate sufficient cash flow may impair our ability to obtain additional equity
or debt  financing  or to meet  our debt  service  requirements,  including  the
payment of principal and interest on the 7.25% notes. In those circumstances, we
may be required to  renegotiate  the terms of our long-term debt or to refinance
all or a portion of our  long-term  debt.  We cannot assure you that we would be
able to renegotiate successfully those terms or refinance our debt when required
or that the terms of the  refinancing  would be acceptable to management.  If we
were  unable  to  refinance  our  debt  or  obtain  new  financing  under  these
circumstances,  we would  have to  consider  other  options  such as the sale of
certain  assets  to meet  our debt  service  obligations,  the  sale of  equity,
negotiations with our lenders to restructure debt or other options.

Restrictive Debt Covenants

The indentures for the 7.25% notes and our other  outstanding  senior notes (the
"Senior Note Indentures") and our senior credit  facilities  impose  significant
operating  and  financial  restrictions  on  us  and  our  subsidiaries.   These
restrictions  may  significantly  limit or prohibit us from  engaging in certain
transactions, including the following:

 o  borrowing additional money,

 o  paying  dividends  or  other  distributions  to  stockholders,

 o  allowing subsidiaries  to guarantee our debt,

 o  limiting the ability of  subsidiaries to make payments to us,

 o  making certain investments,

 o  creating certain liens on our  assets,

 o  selling  certain  assets,

 o  entering  into  transactions  with affiliates, and

 o  engaging in certain mergers or consolidations.

These  restrictions  could limit our ability to obtain  future  financing,  make
needed capital  expenditures,  withstand a future downturn in our business or in
the economy or otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities. Under the terms
of the indenture for the 7.25% notes,  we have no obligation to comply with most
of the  covenants  during any  period  when the 7.25%  notes have been  assigned
investment  grade  ratings.  If the 7.25% notes later lose an  investment  grade
rating,  the  covenants  will again apply,  but actions taken during that period
generally  cannot  cause  us to be in  default  if the  covenants  again  become
effective.  As a result,  the  protection  afforded  by the  covenants  could be
weakened  if  the  7.25%  notes  are  assigned   investment  grade  ratings  and
subsequently downgraded to non-investment grade.

Our failure to comply with the  restrictions in our other  indentures and credit
facilities  could  lead to a default  under the  terms of those  documents.  Our
senior  credit  facilities  also require us and certain of our  subsidiaries  to
maintain  specified  financial  ratios and satisfy certain  financial tests. Our
ability to meet these financial ratios and tests may be affected by events


<PAGE>



beyond our control and, as a result,  there can be no assurance  that we will be
able to meet  those  tests.  In the event of a default  under any of our  senior
credit  facilities,  the applicable lenders could terminate their commitments to
lend to us or  accelerate  the loans and declare all  amounts  borrowed  due and
payable. Borrowings under other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration
or cross-default  provisions may also be accelerated and become due and payable.
If any of these  events  occurs,  we cannot  assure you that we would be able to
make the  necessary  payments to the lenders and cannot assure you that we would
be  able  to  find  alternate  financing.  Even  if we  could  obtain  alternate
financing,  we cannot assure you that it would be on terms that are favorable or
acceptable to us.

Completing the Qwest Network and Increasing Traffic Volume

Our objective is to become a leading  facilities-based  provider of  multi-media
communications  services  to  businesses,  consumers  and  other  communications
providers.  Our  ability  to  achieve  this  objective  will  depend  largely on
completion  of our  18,450  route-mile  fiber  optic  communications  network on
schedule and within budget, on maintaining the rights of way for our network and
on achieving substantial volumes on our network. The construction of our network
will be affected by many factors, such as weather and regulatory approvals, that
are beyond our  control.  We cannot  assure you that our entire  network will be
completed  on schedule  and within  budget.  Although  we believe  that our cost
estimates and build-out schedule are reasonable,  the actual  construction costs
or time  required to complete our network  could exceed  current  estimates.  In
addition, we must substantially  increase our current traffic volume in order to
realize the anticipated cash flow,  operating  efficiencies and cost benefits of
the network. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve this increased
traffic volume.

Operating Losses and Working Capital Deficits

We have had operating  losses and have not had enough cash flow from  operations
to allow us to meet our debt  service  requirements,  capital  expenditures  and
other cash needs.  We had a net loss of $822.6 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 (or $30.9 million  excluding  non-recurring  costs associated
with  recent   acquisitions   and  provisions   for   in-process   research  and
development).  We had an accumulated deficit of approximately  $854.5 million at
September 30, 1998.

We had a working capital deficit of approximately $49.5 million at September 30,
1998 and working capital deficits for each of the four fiscal years before 1998.
We expect total capital expenditures for the year ending December 31, 1999 to be
approximately $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion. Working capital deficits could limit
our cash resources,  resulting in reduced  liquidity.  We cannot assure you that
our  operations  will be  profitable  in the future.  We may require  additional
capital in order to offset  operating losses and working capital deficits and to
support  our  objectives.   Certain  debt   instruments  to  which  we  and  our
subsidiaries  are parties limit but do not prohibit the incurrence of additional
indebtedness,  and we expect additional indebtedness to be incurred by us or our
subsidiaries  in the future.  We cannot assure you that we will be successful in
obtaining  additional  borrowings  when  required,  or that the  terms of future
indebtedness will not impair our ability to develop our business.

Competition

The  communications  industry is highly  competitive.  Many of our  existing and
potential competitors have financial,  personnel,  marketing and other resources
that  are  significantly  greater  than  ours,  as  well  as  other  competitive
advantages.   Increased   consolidation   and   strategic   alliances   in   the
telecommunications  industry resulting from the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996
also could give rise to significant new competitors.


<PAGE>




The  success  of  our   business   plan  depends  on  our  ability  to  increase
significantly our share of the communications  services market in the medium and
long term.  Our  primary  competitors  in this  market are other  communications
service  providers,  including  large and small  facilities-based  interexchange
carriers.  For high-volume  capacity  services,  we compete primarily with other
coast-to-coast  and regional fiber optic network  providers.  AT&T, MCI WorldCom
and Sprint  currently  are the three  principal  facilities-based  long distance
fiber optic networks.  We are aware that others are planning additional networks
that, if constructed,  could employ similar advanced  technology as our network.
In  addition,  we have sold dark fiber  along  major  portions of our network to
Frontier  Corporation  and GTE  Corporation.  Upon  completion  of our  network,
Frontier and GTE will each have a fiber network  smaller than ours in geographic
scope with potential  operating  capability equal to ours. Another competitor is
constructing,  and has already  obtained a significant  portion of the financing
for,  a  fiber  optic  network.  As  publicly  announced,   the  scope  of  this
competitor's  network  is less than  ours.  Nevertheless,  we  expect  that this
competitor's  network  will  compete  directly  with  ours  for many of the same
customers where their and our routes overlap.  A carrier's  carrier announced in
January 1998 that it plans to sell wholesale capacity on its fiber optic network
and  that it has  entered  into an  agreement  with one of the  local  telephone
companies  established as a result of the AT&T  divestiture in 1984 known as the
regional  bell  oerating  cmpanies to be the  primary  user of its  network.  We
believe that this network,  although  potentially  competitive,  is different in
operating   capability  from  ours.   Another   potential   competitor,   a  new
telecommunications   company,   has   announced   its   intention  to  create  a
telecommunications network based on Internet technology.

In the switched services segment of the communications  services market, we sell
switched services to businesses, consumers and other communications carriers. In
this  market,  we  compete  with  facilities-based  carriers  such as AT&T,  MCI
WorldCom and Sprint, all of which have extensive experience in the long distance
market, and some of the regional  carriers.  We compete in the switched services
market  on the  basis  of  price,  transmission  quality,  network  reliability,
customer service and support.  Our ability to compete effectively in this market
depends on our ability to maintain  high quality  services at prices equal to or
below those charged by our major competitors.  The  Telecommunications  Act will
allow  the  regional  bell  operating  companies  and  others  to enter the long
distance  market.  We  cannot  assure  you  that we  will  be  able  to  compete
successfully  with existing or new  competitors in our  communications  services
markets.  Our  failure  to do so would  have a  material  adverse  effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Dependence on Significant Customers

We have substantial business relationships with a few large customers, primarily
for the sale of dark fiber. Frontier, GTE and WorldCom (prior to its merger with
MCI) accounted for approximately 9%, 10% and 2%, respectively, of total revenues
for the nine months ended  September  30, 1998,  approximately  31%, 37% and 6%,
respectively,  of total  revenues  in 1997 and  approximately  26%,  0% and 28%,
respectively,  of total  revenues in 1996.  Revenues from these large  customers
were attributable primarily to construction contracts for the sale of dark fiber
that  extend  through  1998 or into 1999.  In 1997,  we  entered  into two large
construction  contracts  for the sale of dark fiber to GTE. Our  contracts  with
Frontier and GTE provide for reduced  payments and varying  penalties if we make
late  deliveries of route  segments.  These  contracts also allow the purchaser,
after  grace  periods  ranging  generally  from 12 to 18  months,  to  drop  the
non-delivered  segments from the system route to be  delivered.  In those cases,
the purchaser  would not pay us for that portion of the contract  purchase price
allocated to the non-delivered segments. A failure by any of our dark fiber


<PAGE>



purchasers to pay the full contract purchase price due to either the purchaser's
breach or our failure to deliver  certain  segments on time would  require us to
seek  alternative  funding  sources  for  capital  expenditures.  A  significant
reduction  in the level of services  we provide  for any of our large  customers
could have a material  adverse  effect on our results of operations or financial
condition.

We have generated  substantial  revenues from dark fiber sales.  However, as our
network is  completed,  we  anticipate  that revenues from dark fiber sales will
substantially  decrease in the future.  Our  business  plan assumes that we will
increase  our  revenue  from  communications  services  operations  to fund  the
expansion of our network. We are aware that certain  interexchange  carriers are
constructing or considering new networks. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that
any of our customers will increase their use of our services, or will not reduce
or cease their use of our services which could have a material adverse effect on
our ability to fund the completion of our network.

Managing Rapid Growth

Part of our strategy is to achieve  rapid growth by using our network to exploit
opportunities  that we expect  will  result from  regulatory  and  technological
changes and other  industry  developments.  Our growth  strategy  also  includes
exploring  opportunities  for strategic  acquisitions.  We have  completed  five
acquisitions since our initial public offering, including the acquisition of LCI
in June  1998 for  approximately  $3,930.5  million  and Icon for  approximately
$254.1  million  in  our  common  stock.  As  result  of  our  strategy,  we are
experiencing  rapid  expansion that we expect will continue for the  foreseeable
future.  This  growth has  increased  our  operating  complexity.  To manage our
expansion effectively we must:

 o   expand,  train and manage our employee  base, and attract and retain highly
     skilled personnel;

 o   expand and improve our systems for  serving  and  communicating with our
     customers;

 o  continue  to develop  and market new  products  and  services;  o  integrate
    acquired operations with our existing operations; and

 o  control  expenses related to the expansion of our business.

We cannot  assure you that we will be able to  satisfy  these  requirements,  or
otherwise manage our growth  effectively,  and any failure to do so could have a
material  adverse  effect on our  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

Pricing Pressures and Industry Capacity

The long  distance  transmission  industry  generally has had  overcapacity  and
falling prices since shortly after the AT&T divestiture in 1984. We believe that
increasing  demand in the last  several  years has  resulted  in a  shortage  of
capacity and slowed the decline in prices.  However,  we also expect that prices
for communications services will continue to fall over the next several years.
This is due primarily to:

      (1) recent  technological  advances  that permit  large  increases  in the
          transmission capacity of both new and existing fiber; and

      (2) strategic  alliances  or  similar  transactions,  such  as  purchasing
          alliances for long distance  capacity  among  regional bell  operating
          companies that increase the parties' purchasing power.


<PAGE>



Also, our existing and future construction  contracts for the sale of dark fiber
with other  carriers will  increase  supply of capacity and may lower prices for
traffic on our network. These downward pressures on prices could have a material
adverse  effect on our business and on our  financial  condition  and results of
operations, including our ability to fund future operations.

Year 2000 Risks

Many existing computer systems,  including  hardware and software,  use only the
last two digits to identify a year.  Consequently,  as the year 2000 approaches,
such systems will not recognize  the  difference in a year that begins with "20"
rather than "19". As a result of the date change in the year 2000, if any of the
Company's  computer  systems  use only two  digits  to define  the  year,  these
defective systems may cause disruptions in its network  operations through which
the  Company  provides  communications  services  to  its  customers  and in its
internal operations. Additionally, the Company is dependent upon outside sources
to provide  communications  services to its  customers and to bill its customers
for such  services.  The  greatest  risk to the  Company's  ability  to  provide
communications  services is the failure of third-party  service  providers to be
year 2000 compliant, especially those third-party service providers that provide
local access and certain of the billing systems upon which the provision of long
distance telecommunications service relies.


Rapid Technological Changes

The  telecommunications  industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in
technology.  For instance,  recent technological advances permit large increases
in the transmission capacity of both new and existing fiber. The introduction of
new  products  or  emergence  of new  technologies  also may reduce the cost and
increase  the supply of certain  services  similar to those  provided  by us. We
believe  that  for  the  foreseeable  future  technology  changes  will  neither
materially  affect the continued use of fiber optic cable nor materially  hinder
our  ability  to  acquire  necessary   technologies.   However,  the  effect  of
technological  changes on our  operations  cannot be predicted  and could have a
material  adverse  effect on our  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

Regulation Risks

Our  operations  are  subject  to  extensive   federal  and  state   regulation.
Communications  services are subject to the provisions of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Communications Act"), including the Telecommunications
Act  and  the FCC  regulations  under  the  Communications  Act.  Communications
services  also are  covered by laws and  regulations  of the  states,  including
regulation  by public  utility  commissions  ("PUCs") and other state  agencies.
Generally, we must obtain and maintain certificates of authority from regulatory
bodies in most states where we offer  intrastate  services.  We also must obtain
prior  regulatory  approval  of tariffs for our  intrastate  services in most of
these jurisdictions.

Regulation  of the  telecommunications  industry  is changing  rapidly,  and the
regulatory environment varies substantially from state to state. As deregulation
at the federal level occurs,  some states are reassessing the level and scope of
regulation that may be applicable to us. Some of our operations are also subject
to various  environmental,  safety,  health and other governmental  regulations.
Future  regulatory,  judicial or  legislative  activities  could have a material
adverse effect on us.

The  Telecommunications  Act may have  potentially  significant  effects  on our
operations.  The  Telecommunications  Act allows  the  regional  bell  operating
companies  to enter the long  distance  business  and  enables  other  entities,
including entities affiliated with power utilities and ventures between local


<PAGE>



exchange carriers and cable television  companies,  to provide an expanded range
of telecommunications  services. Entry of these companies into the long distance
business would result in substantial  additional  competition in  communications
services.  This may have a material  adverse effect on us and our customers that
are communications services providers themselves. However, we believe that entry
by the regional bell  operating  companies and other  companies  into the market
will  create  opportunities  for  us  to  sell  fiber  or  lease  long  distance
high-volume capacity.


We monitor  compliance with federal,  state and local regulations  governing the
discharge and disposal of hazardous  and  environmentally  sensitive  materials,
including the emission of electromagnetic  radiation.  We believe that we are in
compliance with these regulations;  however, any discharge, disposal or emission
could have a material adverse effect on us.

Reliance on Key Personnel

Our operations are managed by key executive  officers.  The loss of any of these
executive  officers could have a material  adverse effect on us. We believe that
our growth and future success will depend in large part on our continued ability
to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified  personnel.  The  competition
for qualified personnel in the telecommunications industry is intense. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to hire or retain necessary personnel.  The loss
of certain key members of senior management or the failure to recruit additional
qualified  personnel  in the future  could  significantly  impede our ability to
complete the  integration  of acquired  businesses  and to attain our financial,
expansion, marketing and other objectives.

Concentration of Voting Power; Potential Conflicts of Interest

Philip F. Anschutz,  a director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Qwest,
beneficially owned  approximately  46.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock at December 31, 1998. Mr.  Anschutz  continues to have the power to
elect all the  directors of Qwest and to control the vote on all other  matters,
including  significant  corporate actions.  Also, Mr. Anschutz is a director and
holds  approximately  5%  of  the  stock  of  Union  Pacific  Railroad  Company.
Subsidiaries  of that company own railroad  rights of way on which a significant
portion of our network has been and will be built.

Liquid Trading Market for the 7.25% Notes May Not Develop

There  is no  established  trading  market  for the  7.25%  notes.  The  initial
purchaser of the 7.25% notes has informed us that it currently intends to make a
market in the new 7.25% notes.  However, the initial purchaser has no obligation
to do so and may  discontinue  making a market at any time  without  notice.  In
addition,  the  liquidity  of any trading  market in the 7.25% notes will depend
upon a number of factors including:

- - the number of holders of the 7.25% notes;

- - the overall market for similar securities;

- - our financial performance and prospects; and

- - prospects for companies in our industry generally.

As a result, we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for
the 7.25% notes.


<PAGE>




                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

The Company  originally issued and sold the old 7.25% notes on November 27, 1998
in an offering that was exempt from  registration  under the  Securities  Act in
reliance upon the exemptions  provided by Section 4(2), Rule 144A and Regulation
S of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the old 7.25% notes may not be transferred
in the  United  States  unless so  registered  or unless an  exemption  from the
registration  requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws is available.

As a condition to the sale of the old 7.25%  notes,  the Company and the initial
purchaser of the old 7.25% notes entered into the  Registration  Agreement as of
November 27, 1998. In the  Registration  Agreement,  the Company  agreed that it
would (i) file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities


<PAGE>



Act with respect to the new 7.25% notes by February 25, 1999;  (ii) use its best
efforts to cause the Registration  Statement to be declared  effective under the
Securities  Act by April 26,  1999;  and  (iii)  close an offer of the new 7.25%
notes in exchange for  surrender of the old 7.25% notes by May 26, 1999. We have
filed a copy of the  Registration  Agreement  as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement  of  which  this  prospectus  is a part.  The  Registration  Statement
satisfies certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration  Agreement
and the Purchase Agreement.

Resale of the New Notes

Based on  no-action  letters  issued  by the  staff of the  Commission  to third
parties,  the Company  believes  that the new 7.25% notes issued in the exchange
offer in exchange  for old 7.25%  notes would in general be freely  transferable
after the exchange offer without further  registration  under the Securities Act
if  the  holder  of  the  new  7.25%  notes  represents  (i)  that  it is not an
"affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company,  (ii)
that it is acquiring the new 7.25% notes in the ordinary  course of its business
and  (iii)  that it has no  arrangement  or  understanding  with any  person  to
participate in the  distribution  (within the meaning of the Securities  Act) of
the new 7.25% notes; provided that, in the case of broker-dealers,  a prospectus
meeting  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act is  delivered  if  required.
However, the Commission has not considered this exchange offer in the context of
a  no-action  letter  and  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  staff  of the
Commission  would make a similar  determination  with  respect to this  exchange
offer.  Holders of old 7.25% notes  wishing to accept this  exchange  offer must
represent to the Company that the conditions  have been met. Each  broker-dealer
that  receives  new 7.25%  notes for its own account  pursuant to this  exchange
offer,  where it acquired the old 7.25% notes  exchanged for the new 7.25% notes
for its own account as a result of  market-making  or other trading  activities,
may be deemed to be an  "underwriter"  within the meaning of the  Securities Act
and must  acknowledge  that it will deliver a prospectus in connection  with the
resale of the new 7.25%  notes.  The  letter of  transmittal  states  that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an  "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This prospectus,  as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a  broker-dealer  in connection with resales of new 7.25% notes received
in exchange  for old 7.25% notes where the old 7.25% notes were  acquired by the
broker-dealer  as  a  result  of  market-making   activities  or  other  trading
activities.  The Company has agreed that, for a period of one year after closing
of  the  exchange  offer,  it  will  make  this  prospectus   available  to  any
broker-dealer  for use in connection with any such resale. A broker-dealer  that
delivers a prospectus to  purchasers in connection  with resales will be subject
to certain of the civil liability  provisions under the Securities Act, and will
be bound by the  provisions of the  Registration  Agreement  (including  certain
indemnification  and  contribution   rights  and  obligations).   See  "Plan  of
Distribution."

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Old 7.25% Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in
the  accompanying  letter of  transmittal  (which  together make up the exchange
offer),  the Company  will accept for exchange any and all old 7.25% notes which
are properly  tendered on or prior to the  Expiration  Date and not withdrawn as
permitted  below.  The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount at maturity of
new 7.25% notes in  exchange  for each  $1,000  principal  amount at maturity of
outstanding  old 7.25% notes  surrendered  pursuant to the exchange  offer.  Old
7.25% notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the new 7.25%  notes are the same as the form and terms of
the old 7.25% notes except that (i) the exchange will be registered under the


<PAGE>



Securities  Act and hence the new 7.25% notes will not bear legends  restricting
their  transfer,  (ii) the  interest,  interest  rate  step-up,  original  issue
discount  and  cash  interest  provisions  will be  modified  or  eliminated  as
appropriate  and (iii)  holders of the new 7.25%  notes will not be  entitled to
certain rights of holders of old 7.25% notes under the  Registration  Agreement,
which rights with respect to old 7.25% notes will  terminate upon the closing of
the exchange  offer.  The new 7.25% notes will evidence the same debt as the old
7.25% notes (which they  replace) and will be issued  under,  and be entitled to
the benefits of, the same indenture.

As of the date of this  prospectus,  an aggregate of  $300,000,000  in principal
amount at  maturity  of the old 7.25%  notes is  outstanding.  This  prospectus,
together  with  the  letter  of  transmittal,  is first  being  sent on or about
February __, 1999, to all holders of old 7.25% notes known to the Company.

Holders of the old 7.25% notes do not have any appraisal or  dissenters'  rights
under the indenture in connection with the exchange  offer.  The Company intends
to  conduct  the  exchange  offer  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of the
Registration Agreement and the applicable requirements of the federal securities
laws. See "Description of the 7.25% Notes--Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."

The Company  expressly  reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to
extend the period of time during which the exchange  offer is open,  and thereby
delay  acceptance for exchange of any old 7.25% notes,  by giving written notice
of the extension to the holders as described  below.  During the extension,  all
old 7.25% notes  previously  tendered will remain  subject to the exchange offer
and may be  accepted  for  exchange  by the  Company.  Any old  7.25%  notes not
accepted  for exchange  for any reason will be returned  without  expense to the
tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange
offer.

The Company  reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange  offer if any
of the  conditions  of the  exchange  offer  specified  below  under  "--Certain
Conditions of the Exchange Offer" occur. The Company will give written notice of
any extension, amendment, nonacceptance or termination to the holders of the old
7.25% notes as promptly as practicable. Any extension to be issued by means of a
press  release or other  public  announcement  will be issued no later than 9:00
a.m.,  New York  City  time,  on the next  business  day  after  the  previously
scheduled Expiration Date.

Procedures for Tendering Old 7.25% Notes

The tender to the  Company of old 7.25% notes by a holder as set forth below and
the  acceptance  by the  Company  will  create a binding  agreement  between the
tendering  holder and the Company  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions
set forth in this  prospectus  and in the  accompanying  letter of  transmittal.
Except as set forth  below,  a holder who  wishes to tender old 7.25%  notes for
exchange  pursuant to the exchange offer must send a completed and signed letter
of  transmittal,  including  all  other  documents  required  by the  letter  of
transmittal, to the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth below under
"--Exchange  Agent" on or before the  Expiration  Date. In addition,  either (i)
certificates  for the old 7.25%  notes must be received  by the  exchange  agent
along  with  the  letter  of  transmittal,  or (ii) a timely  confirmation  of a
book-entry  transfer including an Agent's Message (a "Book-Entry  Confirmation")
of the old 7.25% notes, if the procedure is available, into the exchange agent's
account at The Depository  Trust Company (the  "Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility")
pursuant to the procedure  for  book-entry  transfer  described  below,  must be
received by the exchange agent before the  Expiration  Date, or (iii) the holder
must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.



<PAGE>



The method of delivery of old 7.25% notes,  letters of transmittal and all other
required  documents is at the election and risk of the holders.  If the delivery
is by mail, it is recommended  that  registered  mail,  properly  insured,  with
return  receipt  requested,  be used.  In all cases,  sufficient  time should be
allowed to assure timely delivery.  No letters of transmittal or old 7.25% notes
should be sent to the Company.

Any  beneficial  owner  whose old 7.25%  notes are  registered  in the name of a
broker,  dealer,  commercial  bank,  trustee or other  nominee and who wishes to
tender should contact the registered  holder of the old 7.25% notes promptly and
instruct the registered  holder to tender on behalf of the beneficial  owner. If
the beneficial  owner wishes to tender on its own behalf,  the beneficial  owner
must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering
its old 7.25% notes, either make appropriate  arrangements to register ownership
of the old 7.25%  notes in the  beneficial  owner's  name or  obtain a  properly
completed power of attorney from the registered  holder of old 7.25% notes.  The
transfer  of record  ownership  may take  considerable  time.  If the  letter of
transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than the registered holder of
the old 7.25%  notes,  the old 7.25% notes must be endorsed  or  accompanied  by
appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name of the
registered holder that appears on the old 7.25% notes.

Signatures  on a  letter  of  transmittal  or a  notice  of  withdrawal  must be
guaranteed  unless the old 7.25% notes surrendered for exchange pursuant thereto
are  tendered  (i) by a  registered  holder of the old  7.25%  notes who has not
completed the box entitled "Special Issuance  Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions"  on the  letter  of  transmittal  or (ii)  for the  account  of an
Eligible  Institution  (as defined  below).  In the event that  signatures  on a
letter of  transmittal  or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed,
the  guarantees  must be by a firm  which is a member of a  registered  national
securities  exchange  or a member  of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  or  by  a  commercial  bank  or  trustee  having  an  office  or
correspondent in the United States (collectively,  "Eligible Institutions").  If
old 7.25% notes are  registered  in the name of a person  other than a signer of
the letter of transmittal,  the old 7.25% notes surrendered for exchange must be
endorsed  by,  or be  accompanied  by a written  instrument  or  instruments  of
transfer or exchange,  in satisfactory  form as determined by the Company in its
sole discretion,  signed by the registered holder with the signature  guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution.

All questions as to the validity,  form, eligibility (including time of receipt)
and  acceptance  of old 7.25% notes  tendered for exchange will be determined by
the Company in its sole  discretion,  and its  determination  shall be final and
binding.  The Company  reserves the absolute  right to reject any tenders of any
particular old 7.25% notes not properly tendered or not to accept any particular
old 7.25% notes whose  acceptance  might,  in the judgment of the Company or its
counsel, be unlawful.  The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any
defects  or  irregularities  or  conditions  of  the  exchange  offer  as to any
particular old 7.25% notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including
the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender old 7.25%
notes in the exchange offer).  The interpretation of the terms and conditions of
the exchange  offer as to any  particular old 7.25% notes either before or after
the Expiration Date  (including the letter of transmittal and its  instructions)
by the Company shall be binding on all parties.  Unless  waived,  any defects or
irregularities  in connection  with tenders of old 7.25% notes for exchange must
be cured  within a  reasonable  period of time as the Company  shall  determine.
Neither the Company,  the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any
duty to give  notification  of any defect or  irregularity  with  respect to any
tender  of old  7.25%  notes  for  exchange,  nor  shall  any of them  incur any
liability for failure to give the notification.



<PAGE>



If the letter of  transmittal  or any old 7.25% notes or powers of attorney  are
signed by trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact,
officers  of  corporations  or others  acting in a fiduciary  or  representative
capacity,  those persons should so indicate when signing,  and, unless waived by
the Company,  proper evidence  satisfactory to the Company of their authority to
so act must be submitted.

By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company, among other things, (i)
that it is not an  "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of
the Company, or if it is an affiliate,  it will comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
(ii) that it is  acquiring  the new 7.25%  notes in the  ordinary  course of its
business  and (iii) at the time of the closing of the  exchange  offer it has no
arrangement or understanding  with any person to participate in the distribution
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new 7.25% notes. If the holder
is a  broker-dealer  that will  receive  new 7.25%  notes for its own account in
exchange  for old 7.25% notes that were  acquired  as a result of  market-making
activities  or other  trading  activities,  the  holder  may be  deemed to be an
"underwriter"  within  the  meaning of the  Securities  Act and is  required  to
acknowledge  in the letter of  transmittal  that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of the new 7.25% notes;  however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a  prospectus,  the holder will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Acceptance of Old 7.25% Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New 7.25% Notes

Upon  satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, the
Company will accept,  promptly  after the  Expiration  Date, all old 7.25% notes
properly  tendered and will issue the new 7.25% notes promptly after  acceptance
of the old 7.25% notes. See "--Certain  Conditions of the Exchange Offer" below.
For purposes of the exchange offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted
properly  tendered old 7.25% notes for exchange  when, as and if the Company has
given oral or written notice to the exchange agent, with written confirmation of
any oral notice to be given promptly after.

The new 7.25% notes will bear interest at the same rate and on the same terms as
the old 7.25%  notes.  Consequently,  cash  interest on the new 7.25% notes will
accrue at a rate of 7.25% per annum and will be payable  semiannually in arrears
commencing  on May 1, 1999 and  thereafter on November 1 and May 1 of each year.
Interest,  if any,  on each new 7.25% note will  accrue  from the last  interest
payment date on which interest was paid on the surrendered old 7.25% note or, if
no  interest  has been paid on the old 7.25%  note,  from the date on which cash
interest  on the old 7.25% note would  begin to  accrue.  Consequently,  holders
whose old 7.25% notes are accepted  for  exchange  will be deemed to have waived
the right to receive any accrued but unpaid interest on the old 7.25% notes.

In all  cases,  the  issuance  of new 7.25%  notes for old 7.25%  notes that are
accepted  for exchange  pursuant to the  exchange  offer will be made only after
timely receipt by the exchange agent of certificates  for the old 7.25% notes or
a timely  Book-Entry  Confirmation  of the old  7.25%  notes  into the  exchange
agent's  account at the  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility,  a completed and signed
letter of  transmittal  and all other  required  documents.  If any tendered old
7.25%  notes  are not  accepted  for any  reason  set  forth  in the  terms  and
conditions  of the exchange  offer,  or if old 7.25% notes are  submitted  for a
greater  amount  than  the  holder  desires  to  exchange,   the  unaccepted  or
non-exchanged  old 7.25% notes will be returned without expense to the tendering
holder  (or, in the case of old 7.25% notes  tendered by  book-entry  procedures
described  below,  the non  exchanged  old 7.25%  notes will be  credited  to an
account  maintained  with the Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility)  designated by the
tendering holder as promptly as practicable  after the exchange offer expires or
terminates.


<PAGE>



Certain Conditions of the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding  any other term of the exchange  offer,  the Company will not be
required to accept for  exchange,  or to issue new 7.25% notes in exchange  for,
any old 7.25% notes and may  terminate or amend the exchange  offer prior to the
Expiration Date, if because of any changes in law, or applicable interpretations
by the  Commission,  or  because  any  action or  proceeding  is  instituted  or
threatened  in any court or  governmental  agency with  respect to the  exchange
offer,  the Company  determines  that it is not permitted to effect the exchange
offer.

Holders may have  certain  rights and  remedies  against  the Company  under the
Registration Agreement should the Company fail to consummate the exchange offer,
notwithstanding a failure of the conditions  stated above.  These conditions are
not intended to modify those rights or remedies in any respect.

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the old 7.25%
notes at the  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility for the  exchange  offer within two
business days after the date of this prospectus,  and any financial  institution
that is a participant in the  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility's  systems may make
book-entry  delivery  of old 7.25%  notes by  causing  the  Book-Entry  Transfer
Facility to transfer  the old 7.25% notes into the exchange  agent's  account at
the Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility in accordance  with the  Book-Entry  Transfer
Facility's  procedures  for transfer.  However,  although  delivery of old 7.25%
notes may be effected  through  book-entry  transfer at the Book- Entry Transfer
Facility,  the letter of transmittal or facsimile,  or an Agent's Message,  with
any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any
case, be received by the exchange  agent at one of the addresses set forth below
under  "--Exchange  Agent" on or before the  Expiration  Date or the  guaranteed
delivery procedures described below must be complied with.

The term "Agent's Message" means a message,  transmitted by DTC to, and received
by, the exchange  agent and forming a part of a book-entry  confirmation,  which
states  that DTC has  received  an  express  acknowledgment  from the  tendering
participant  stating that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by
the terms of the letter of  transmittal,  and the Company may enforce the letter
of transmittal against the participant.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If a  registered  holder of the old 7.25%  notes  wishes to tender the old 7.25%
notes and the old 7.25% notes are not  immediately  available,  or time will not
permit the  holder's  old 7.25% notes or other  required  documents to reach the
exchange  agent before the  Expiration  Date, or the  procedure  for  book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on time, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender
is made through an Eligible Institution,  (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
exchange agent has received from the Eligible Institution a completed and signed
letter of  transmittal  (or a  facsimile)  and  Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery,
substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission,  mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the
holder of the old 7.25% notes and the amount of old 7.25%  notes,  stating  that
the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing  that within five trading days
(on the Nasdaq  National  Market  after the date of  execution  of the Notice of
Guaranteed  Delivery,  the  certificates  for all physically  tendered old 7.25%
notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation,  and any other
documents  required  by the  letter  of  transmittal  will be  deposited  by the
Eligible Institution with the exchange agent, and (iii) the certificates for all
physically tendered old 7.25% notes, in proper form for transfer, or a


<PAGE>



Book-Entry  Confirmation  and all  other  documents  required  by the  letter of
transmittal,  are  received by the exchange  agent  within five Nasdaq  National
Market trading days after the date of signing the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

Tenders of old 7.25% notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the  Expiration
Date.

For a  withdrawal  to be  effective,  a  written  notice of  withdrawal  must be
received by the  exchange  agent at one of the  addresses  set forth below under
"--Exchange Agent." Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person
who tendered the old 7.25% notes to be  withdrawn,  identify the old 7.25% notes
to be  withdrawn  (including  the  amount of the old 7.25%  notes),  and  (where
certificates  for old 7.25%  notes have been  transmitted)  specify  the name in
which  the old  7.25%  notes  are  registered,  if  different  from  that of the
withdrawing  holder.  If certificates for old 7.25% notes have been delivered or
otherwise  identified to the exchange agent,  then,  prior to the release of the
certificates  the withdrawing  holder must also submit the serial numbers of the
particular  certificates  to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with
signatures  guaranteed  by an  Eligible  Institution  unless  the  holder  is an
Eligible  Institution.  If old 7.25%  notes have been  tendered  pursuant to the
procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must
specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility
to be credited with the withdrawn old 7.25% notes and otherwise  comply with the
procedures  of  the  facility.  All  questions  as to  the  validity,  form  and
eligibility (including time of receipt) of the notices will be determined by the
Company whose determination  shall be final and binding on all parties.  Any old
7.25% notes so withdrawn  will be deemed not to have been  validly  tendered for
exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.  Any old 7.25% notes that have been
tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned
to the holder  without  cost to the holder  (or,  in the case of old 7.25% notes
tendered  by  book-entry  transfer  into the  exchange  agent's  account  at the
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility  pursuant to the book-entry  transfer  procedures
described  above,  the old 7.25% notes will be  credited to an account  with the
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility  specified by the holder) as soon as  practicable
after  withdrawal,  rejection of tender or  termination  of the exchange  offer.
Properly  withdrawn  old 7.25% notes may be  retendered  by following one of the
procedures described under "--Procedures for Tendering Old 7.25% Notes" above at
any time on or before the Expiration Date.

Exchange Agent

Bankers Trust Company has been  appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange
offer.  All signed  letters of  transmittal  should be directed to the  exchange
agent at the addresses set forth below.  Questions and requests for  assistance,
requests  for  additional  copies  of  this  prospectus  or  of  the  letter  of
transmittal  and requests for Notices of Guaranteed  Delivery should be directed
to the exchange Agent addressed as follows:

  Delivery To: Bankers Trust Company, Exchange Agent

              BY MAIL:                                  BY HAND:

     BT Services Tennessee, Inc.                  Bankers Trust Company
          Reorganization Unit                Corporate Trust and Agency Group
            P.O. Box 292737                      Receipt & Delivery Window
       Nashville, TN 37229-2737              123 Washington Street, 1st Floor
                                                    New York, NY 10006

                            For information, call:


<PAGE>



                                (800) 735-7777
                            Confirm: (615) 835-3572
                              Fax: (615) 835-3701

                         BY OVERNIGHT MAIL OR COURIER:

                          BT Services Tennessee, Inc.
                       Corporate Trust and Agency Group

                              Reorganization Unit
                            648 Grassmere Park Road
                              Nashville, TN 37211

  Delivery  of a letter of  transmittal  to an  address  other than as set forth
above or  transmission  of  instructions  via facsimile  other than as set forth
above does not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

FEES AND EXPENSES

  The Company will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer.

  The Company will pay the  approximately  $245,000 of cash expenses the Company
estimates will be incurred in connection with the exchange offer.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT


  For  accounting  purposes,  the Company  will  recognize  no gain or loss as a
result of the  exchange  offer.  The  expenses  of the  exchange  offer  will be
amortized over the term of the new 7.25% notes.

TRANSFER TAXES

Holders who tender  their old 7.25% notes for  exchange  will not be required to
pay any transfer taxes, except that holders who instruct the Company to register
new 7.25% notes in the name of, or request  that old 7.25% notes not tendered or
not  accepted  in the  exchange  offer be returned  to, a person  other than the
registered  tendering  holder  will be  responsible  for paying  any  applicable
transfer tax.

REGULATORY MATTERS

  The Company is not aware of any governmental or regulatory  approvals that are
required in order to complete the exchange offer.

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. Holders of the old 7.25% notes
are urged to  consult  their  financial  and tax  advisors  in making  their own
decisions on what action to take. See "Certain  United States Federal Income Tax
Considerations."

The old  7.25%  notes  that are not  exchanged  for the new  7.25%  notes in the
exchange offer will remain restricted securities.  Accordingly,  those old 7.25%
notes may only be  transferred  (A)(i)  to a person  who the  seller  reasonably
believes is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A, (ii) in an offshore
transaction under Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
or (iii)  under  Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act (if  available)  and (B) in
accordance  with all  applicable  securities  laws of the  states of the  United
States. Under certain circumstances, the Company is required to file a Shelf


<PAGE>



Registration  Statement.  See "Description of the 7.25%  Notes--Exchange  Offer;
Registration Rights."

PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL INTEREST UPON REGISTRATION DEFAULT

If a Registration Default (as defined) occurs,  additional interest ("Liquidated
Interest") will accrue on the 7.25% notes (in addition to the stated interest on
the 7.25%  notes)  from and  including  the date on which  any the  Registration
Default  shall  occur and to but  excluding  the date on which all  Registration
Defaults  have  been  cured.   Liquidated  Interest  will  be  payable  in  cash
semiannually  in arrears each  November 1 and May 1, at a rate per year equal to
0.50% of the  principal  amount at maturity of the 7.25% notes during the 90-day
period  immediately  following the  occurrence of the  Registration  Default and
shall  increase  by 0.25% per year of the  principal  amount at  maturity of the
7.25% notes at the end of each subsequent  90-day period,  but in no event shall
the rates  exceed  2.0% per year in the  aggregate  regardless  of the number of
Registration  Defaults.  See  "Description of the 7.25%  Notes--Exchange  Offer;
Registration Rights."


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

The Company  will not receive any  proceeds  from the  issuance of the new 7.25%
notes or the closing of the exchange offer or any sale of new 7.25% notes to any
broker-dealer.


<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

The  following  table sets forth as of  September  30,  1998 (i) the  historical
consolidated capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of
the Company assuming the acquisition of Icon had occurred on September 30, 1998,
and (iii) the pro forma  capitalization  of the  Company,  as  adjusted  to give
effect to the redemption of $87.5 million of our 10 7/8% notes, the repayment of
$57.3 million of our equipment credit facility,  the offering of our 7.25% Notes
Due 2008,  the offering of the old 7.25% notes and the use of the proceeds  from
these  offerings.  All share and per share  information  with  respect  to Qwest
included in the table gives effect to the two-for-one  stock split that occurred
in February 1998 in the form of a stock  dividend.  This table should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Historical  Consolidated Financial Statements
and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

                                                 Sept. 30, 1998


                                                                   Pro Forma as
                                             Actual   Pro Forma    Adjusted(1)
                                                    (in millions)

Current portion of long-term debt(2)         $ 235.9  $  235.9     $    3.4
                                             =======  ========     ========
10 7/8% Notes                                $ 250.0  $  250.0     $  162.5
9.47% Notes                                    382.6     382.6        382.6
8.29% Notes                                    316.9     316.9        316.9
7.25% Notes Due 2007                           351.7     351.7        351.7
7.25% Notes                                      -           -        750.0
7.25% Notes                                      -           -        300.0
Other long-term debt                            85.9      85.9         28.6
                                             -------   -------      -------
Total long-term debt (excluding current
portion)                                     1,387.1   1,387.1      2,292.3
                                             -------   -------      -------
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 25.0
    million shares authorized; no                -           -           -
    shares issued and outstanding.         .
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 600.0 million
    shares authorized; 332.7                     3.3       3.4          3.4
    million shares issued and outstanding(3)
 .
  Additional paid-in capital                 4,603.2   4,853.8      4,853.8
  Accumulated deficit                      .
                                              (854.5)   (864.5)      (864.5)
                                             -------   -------      -------
Total stockholders' equity                 .
                                             3,752.0   3,992.7      3,992.7
                                             -------   -------      -------
Total capitalization                        $5,139.1  $5,379.8     $6,285.0
                                            ========   =======     =======

(1)      The current  portion of long-term debt was adjusted for the pay-down of
         the  Company's  existing  credit  facility and lines of credit from the
         proceeds of the 7.25% notes in November 1998.

(2)      The existing  credit  facility which expires  December 31, 1998 and the
         lines of credit are  current  liabilities  and are  included in current
         portion of long-term debt.

(3)      35.0 million of the authorized  shares of Common Stock are reserved for
         issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, 0.9 million of the authorized
         shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Growth Share
         Plan, 2.5 million of the authorized shares of Common Stock are reserved
         for issuance under various 401(k) Plans of the Company,  0.8 million of
         the  authorized  shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance under
         the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan and 8.6 million of the  authorized
         shares of Common  Stock are  reserved  for  issuance  under the warrant
         issued   to   Anschutz    Family    Investment    Company    LLC.   See
         "Management-Equity  Incentive Plan," "Management-Growth Share Plan" and
         "Certain  Transactions"  in the documents  incorporated by reference in
         this prospectus.

<PAGE>

                           DESCRIPTION OF THE 7.25% NOTES

GENERAL

The new 7.25% notes will be issued under an Indenture (the "Indenture")  between
the Company and Bankers  Trust  Company,  as trustee  under the  Indenture  (the
"Trustee").  Copies of the Indenture are available  from the Company on request.
For purposes of this  description of the 7.25% notes,  the term "Company" refers
to Qwest Communications International Inc. and does not include its subsidiaries
except for purposes of financial data  determined on a consolidated  basis.  For
purposes of this  description of the 7.25% notes,  the term "7.25% Notes" refers
to the new 7.25% notes and the old 7.25% notes together. The new 7.25% notes and
the old  7.25%  notes  are  considered  together  to be a single  class  for all
purposes under the Indenture,  including  waivers,  amendments,  redemptions and
Offers to Purchase.

The following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is not complete and
is subject  to, and is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to, the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), and to all of the
provisions of the Indenture,  including the  definitions of certain terms in the
Indenture and those terms made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture  Act, as in effect on the date of the  Indenture.  The  definitions of
certain  capitalized  terms used in the  following  summary  are set forth below
under "--Certain Definitions."

The new 7.25% notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking
equal  in  right of  payment  with all  existing  and  future  senior  unsecured
indebtedness of the Company,  including our 10 7/8% notes,  our 9.47% notes, our
8.29% notes, our 7.50% Notes and our 7.25% Notes Due 2007, and will be senior in
right  of  payment  to all  existing  and  future  indebtedness  of the  Company
subordinated  in right of payment to the 7.25% Notes.  As of September 30, 1998,
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the  acquisition  of Icon CMT Corp.,
the  redemption  of $87.5  million of our 10 7/8% notes,  the repayment of $57.3
million of our equipment credit  facility,  the offering of the old 7.25% notes,
the  offering  of our  7.50%  Notes  and  the  use of the  proceeds  from  these
offerings, the Company had $1,912.0 million of indebtedness outstanding, none of
which was secured indebtedness or subordinated indebtedness.

The  operations  of the Company are  conducted  through  its  subsidiaries  and,
therefore,  the  Company  depends on cash flow from those  entities  to meet its
obligations.  The Company's  subsidiaries  will have no direct obligation to pay
amounts due on the 7.25% Notes and currently have no obligation to guarantee the
7.25% Notes. As a result,  the 7.25% Notes  effectively  will be subordinated to
all existing and future  third-party  indebtedness and other  liabilities of the
Company's subsidiaries  (including trade payables). As of September 30, 1998, on
a pro  forma  basis,  after  giving  effect  to the  acquisition  of  Icon,  the
redemption of $87.5 million of our 10 7/8% Notes, the repayment of $57.3 million
of the equipment credit facility,  the offering of our 7.50% Notes, the offering
of the old 7.25% notes and the use of the proceeds from the offerings, the total
liabilities of the Company's  subsidiaries  (after the  elimination of loans and
advances  by the  Company to its  subsidiaries)  would  have been  approximately
$1,893.7  million,  of which  approximately  $32.0 million in  indebtedness  was
secured by the assets of the borrowing subsidiaries. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness."  The  Company  expects  that it or its  subsidiaries  will  incur
substantial  additional  debt in the  future.  Any rights of the Company and its
creditors, including the holders of 7.25% Notes, to participate in the assets of
any of the Company's  subsidiaries upon any liquidation or reorganization of any
subsidiary  will be subject to the prior claims of that  subsidiary's  creditors
(including  trade  creditors).   In  addition,  the  Company's  operations  have
generated  operating  losses in recent years, and there can be no assurance that
the  Company  will be able to  achieve or sustain  operating  profitability,  or
generate  sufficient  positive cash flow to pay the principal of and interest on
the 7.25% Notes. See "Risk Factors--Holding Company Structure;  Subordination of
the 7.25% Notes to Indebtedness  of  Subsidiaries,"  "Risk  Factors--Substantial
Indebtedness;  Ability to Incur Additional  Debt," and "Risk  Factors--Operating
Losses and Working Capital Deficits."

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The 7.25% Notes will be limited in aggregate  principal  amount to  $300,000,000
and will mature on November 1, 2008.  Interest on the 7.25% Notes will accrue at
a rate of 7.25% per year and will be  payable  semiannually  in arrears on May 1
and November 1 of each year, commencing May 1, 1999, to the holders of record on
the immediately  prior April 15 and October 15. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year with twelve 30-day  months.  Principal of,  premium,  if
any, and interest on the 7.25% Notes will be payable, and the 7.25% Notes may be
exchanged or transferred,  at the office or agency of the Company, which, unless
otherwise  provided by the Company,  will be the offices of the Trustee.  At the
option of the Company,  interest  may be paid by check mailed to the  registered
holders at their  registered  addresses.  The 7.25% Notes will be issued without
coupons and in fully  registered form only, in minimum  denominations  of $1,000
and integral  multiples.  The 7.25% Notes will be issued only against payment in
immediately available funds. No service charge will be made for any registration
of transfer or exchange of the 7.25% Notes, but the Company may require payment


<PAGE>



sufficient  to cover  any  transfer  tax or other  similar  governmental  charge
payable.  The  interest  rate on the  7.25%  Notes is  subject  to  increase  as
described under "Exchange Offer;  Registration Rights" ("Liquidated  Interest").
All  references in this  description of the 7.25% Notes to interest on the 7.25%
Notes shall include Liquidated Interest, if appropriate.

Book-Entry System

The new 7.25% notes will  initially  be issued in the form of Global  Securities
(as defined in the Indenture) held in book-entry  form. The new 7.25% notes will
be  deposited  with  the  Trustee  as  custodian  for  the  Depository,  and the
Depository or its nominee will  initially be the sole  registered  holder of the
new 7.25% notes for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as set forth below,
a Global Security may not be transferred  except as a whole by the Depository to
a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository.

When a Global Security is issued,  the Depository or its nominee will credit, on
its  internal  system,  the  accounts  of  persons  holding  through it with the
respective  principal amounts of the individual  beneficial interest represented
by the Global  Security  purchased  by those  persons in the offering of the new
7.25% notes. The accounts will initially be designated by the initial  purchaser
of the new 7.25%  notes  with  respect to new 7.25%  notes  sold by the  initial
purchaser for the Company.

Ownership  of  beneficial  interests  in a Global  Security  will be  limited to
persons that have accounts with the Depository  ("participants") or persons that
may hold interests through  participants.  Ownership of beneficial  interests by
participants  in a Global  Security  will be shown on, and the  transfer of that
ownership  interest  will be effected only  through,  records  maintained by the
Depository  or its  nominee for the Global  Security.  Ownership  of  beneficial
interests in the Global Security by persons that hold through  participants will
be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership  interest within the participant
will occur only through, records maintained by the participant.

The laws of some  jurisdictions  require that certain  purchasers  of securities
take physical  delivery of the securities in definitive  form.  Those limits and
laws may make it more  difficult  to transfer  beneficial  interests in a Global
Security.  The Company will pay the principal of, premium,  if any, and interest
on new 7.25% notes  represented by any Global  Security to the Depository or its
nominee as the sole registered  owner and the sole holder of the new 7.25% notes
represented by the Global Security.  None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent
of the Company or the initial  purchaser  will have any  responsibility  for any
aspect of the  Depository's  reports  relating to or payments made on account of
beneficial  ownership interests in a Global Security  representing any new 7.25%
notes or for  maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any of the  Depository's
records  relating to the  beneficial  ownership  interests.  The  Depository has
advised the Company that upon receipt of any payment of principal  of,  premium,
if any, or interest on any Global  Security,  the  Depository  will  immediately
credit,  on its book-entry  registration  and transfer  system,  the accounts of
participants  with  payments  in  amounts   proportionate  to  their  beneficial
interests in the  principal or face amount of the Global  Security,  as shown on
the records of the Depository. The Company expects that payments by participants
to owners of  beneficial  interests  in a Global  Security  held  through  those
participants will be governed by standing  instructions and customary  practices
as is now the case with  securities  held for customer  accounts  registered  in
"street name" and will be the sole responsibility of the participants.

So long as the  Depository or its nominee is the  registered  owner or holder of
the Global  Security,  the Depository or the nominee will be considered the sole
owner or holder of the new 7.25% notes  represented  by the Global  Security for
t3he purposes of receiving payment on the new 7.25% notes, receiving notices and


<PAGE>



for all other purposes  under the Indenture and the new 7.25% notes.  Beneficial
interests in the new 7.25% notes will be evidenced  only by, and transfers  will
be  effected  only  through,  records  maintained  by  the  Depository  and  its
participants.  Except as provided  above,  owners of  beneficial  interests in a
Global  Security will not be entitled to and will not be considered  the holders
of the Global Security for any purposes under the Indenture.  Accordingly,  each
person  owning a  beneficial  interest  in a Global  Security  must  rely on the
procedures of the  Depository  and, if the person is not a  participant,  on the
procedures of the  participant  through  which the person owns its interest,  to
exercise any rights of a holder  under the  Indenture.  The Company  understands
that under existing  industry  practices,  if the Company requests any action of
holders or an owner of a beneficial  interest in a Global Security wants to take
any action that a holder is entitled to take under the Indenture, the Depository
would authorize the  participants  holding the beneficial  interest to take that
action,  and the participants  would authorize  beneficial owners owning through
the  participants to take the action or would otherwise act on the  instructions
of beneficial owners owning through them. The Depository has advised the Company
that it will  take any  action  permitted  to be taken by a holder  of new 7.25%
notes  (including the  presentation of new 7.25% notes for exchange as described
below)  only at the  direction  of a  participant  to  whose  account  with  the
Depository  interests  in the Global  Security  are  credited and only as to the
portion of the aggregate principal amount of the new 7.25% notes as to which the
participant has given that direction.

The Depository has advised the Company that the Depository is a  limited-purpose
trust  company  organized  under the  Banking  Law of the  State of New York,  a
"banking  organization"  within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of
the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing  corporation"  within the meaning of the
New York Uniform  Commercial Code and a "clearing  agency"  registered under the
Exchange  Act.  The  Depository  was  created  to  hold  the  securities  of its
participants  and to  facilitate  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions  among  its  participants  in  the  securities  through  electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of the participants. This eliminated the need for
physical  movement of securities  certificates.  The  Depository's  participants
include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchaser), banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations,  some of
whom  (and/or  their   representatives)  own  the  Depository.   Access  to  the
Depository's  book-entry  system is also  available  to  others,  such as banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

Certificated New 7.25% Notes

New  7.25%  notes   represented  by  a  Global  Security  are  exchangeable  for
certificated new 7.25% notes only if:

     (i)  the Depository  notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
          continue as a depository for the Global Security or if at any time the
          Depository ceases to be a registered  clearing agency, and a successor
          depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days;

     (ii) the Company signs and delivers to the Trustee a notice that the Global
          Security shall be so transferable,  registrable and exchangeable,  and
          the transfer shall be registrable; or

    (iii) an Event of  Default or an event  which,  with the giving of notice or
          lapse of time or both,  would  constitute  an  Event of  Default  with
          respect to the new 7.25% notes  represented by the Global Security has
          occurred and is continuing.


<PAGE>


Any Global  Security  that is  exchangeable  for  certificated  new 7.25%  notes
pursuant to the preceding  sentence will be  transferred  to, and registered and
exchanged  for,  certificated  new 7.25% notes in authorized  denominations  and
registered  in names  that the  Depository  or its  nominee  holding  the Global
Security  may  direct.  Subject  to the  foregoing,  a  Global  Security  is not
exchangeable,  except  for a  Global  Security  of the same  denomination  to be
registered in the name of the  Depository or its nominee.  If a Global  Security
becomes  exchangeable  for  certificated  new 7.25% notes,  (i) certificated new
7.25% notes will be issued only in fully  registered  form in  denominations  of
$1,000 or integral multiples,  (ii) payment of principal,  any repurchase price,
and  interest  on the  certificated  new 7.25%  notes will be  payable,  and the
transfer of the certificated new 7.25% notes will be registrable,  at the office
or agency of the  Company  maintained  for that  purposes  and (iii) no  service
charge  will be made for any  issuance  of the  certificated  new  7.25%  notes,
although the Company may require payment to cover any tax or governmental charge
imposed.  In addition,  the certificates  will bear the legend referred to under
"Notice to  Investors--Rule  144A" (unless the Company  determines  otherwise in
accordance with applicable law).

Optional Redemption

The 7.25% Notes will be subject to redemption  at the option of the Company,  in
whole or in part,  at any  time on not less  than 30 and not more  than 60 days'
prior notice at a redemption  price equal to the  principal  amount plus accrued
and  unpaid  interest  (if  any) to the  redemption  date  plus  the  Applicable
Make-Whole Premium.

For purposes of this "Optional Redemption" provision,  the following definitions
apply:

"Applicable  Make-Whole  Premium"  means,  with  respect to any 7.25% Note,  the
excess of (A) the present value at the redemption date of the required  interest
and  principal  payments due on the 7.25% Note,  computed  using a discount rate
equal to the Treasury Rate plus 37.5 basis points, over (B) the then outstanding
principal amount of the 7.25% Note.

"Treasury Rate" means,  with respect to any redemption  date, the rate per annum
equal to the semiannual  equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury
Issue (as defined  below),  assuming a price for the  Comparable  Treasury Issue
(expressed  as a percentage of its  principal  amount)  equal to the  Comparable
Treasury Price (as defined below) for the redemption date.

"Comparable  Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury  security selected
by a Reference  Treasury  Dealer (as defined below)  appointed by the Company as
having a maturity  comparable  to the  remaining  term of the 7.25%  Notes to be
redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with
customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities
of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 7.25% Notes.

"Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date,

     (i)  the average of the bid and asked  prices for the  Comparable  Treasury
          Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
          on the third business day preceding the redemption  date, as set forth
          in the daily statistical  release (or any successor release) published
          by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated "Composite 3:30
          p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities" or

    (ii)  if the release (or any successor release) is not published or does not
          contain the prices on that business day,

          (A) the  average  of the  Reference  Treasury  Dealer  Quotations  (as


<PAGE>



          defined below) for the redemption  date,  after  excluding the highest
          and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or

          (B) if the Company  obtains  fewer than four such  Reference  Treasury
          Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

"Reference  Treasury Dealer  Quotations"  means,  with respect to each Reference
Treasury  Dealer and any  redemption  date,  the average,  as  determined by the
Company,  of the  bid  and  asked  prices  for  the  Comparable  Treasury  Issue
(expressed  in each case as a  percentage  of its  principal  amount)  quoted in
writing to the  Company by that  Reference  Treasury  Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the
third business day preceding that redemption date.

"Reference  Treasury  Dealer" means each of Salomon  Smith Barney Inc.,  Merrill
Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &  Smith  Incorporated,  Donaldson  Lufkin  &  Jenrette
Securities Corporation and Lehman Brothers Inc. and their respective successors;
provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S.
Government  securities  dealer  in The  City of New  York (a  "Primary  Treasury
Dealer"), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

Mandatory Redemption

  Except  as set  forth  under  "--Certain  Covenants--Change  of  Control"  and
"--Certain  Covenants--  Limitation on Asset  Dispositions,"  the Company is not
required to make  mandatory  redemption  payments or sinking fund  payments with
respect to the 7.25% Notes.

Certain Covenants

Suspended Covenants

  During  any  period  of time (a  "Suspension  Period")  that

        (i) the  ratings assigned to the 7.25% Notes by both the Rating Agencies
            are  Investment  Grade Ratings and

        (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indentures,

the  Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  will  not  be  subject  to the
provisions of the Indenture described below under:

       "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt,"

       "--Limitation on Debt and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries,"

       "--Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments,"

       "--Limitation  on  Dividend  and  Other  Payment  Restrictions  Affecting
          Restricted Subsidiaries,"

       "--Limitation on Issuances of Certain  Guarantees by, and Debt Securities
          of, Restricted Subsidiaries,"

       "--Limitation on Asset Dispositions,"

       "--Limitation  on  Issuances  and Sales of  Capital  Stock of  Restricted
          Subsidiaries,"



<PAGE>



       "--Transactions with Affiliates and other Related Persons,"

       clause (ii) of "--Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions" and

       clause (d) of "--Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets"

(collectively,  the  "Suspended  Covenants").  If the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries  are not subject to the  Suspended  Covenants  with  respect to the
7.25% Notes for any period of time as a result of the  preceding  sentence  and,
subsequently,  one or both Rating  Agencies  withdraws or downgrades the ratings
assigned to the 7.25% Notes below the required  Investment  Grade Ratings,  then
the  Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  will  again be  subject  to the
Suspended  Covenants and  compliance  with respect to  Restricted  Payments made
after the time of such  withdrawal or downgrade will be calculated in accordance
with the terms of the covenant  described below under  "Limitation on Restricted
Payments" as if the covenant had been in effect since the date of the Indenture.
Nevertheless, neither

    (a)   the  continued  existence,  after  the  date  of  such  withdrawal  or
          downgrade,  of  facts  and  circumstances  or  obligations  that  were
          Incurred or otherwise came into existence  during a Suspension  Period
          nor

    (b)   the performance of any such obligations,  shall constitute a breach of
          any covenant set forth in the Indenture or cause a Default or Event of
          Default thereunder; provided that

          (1) the  Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  did not  Incur or
          otherwise cause such facts and  circumstances  or obligations to exist
          in anticipation of a withdrawal or downgrade  below  investment  grade
          and

          (2) the Company  reasonably  believed that such  Incurrence or actions
          would not result in such a withdrawal or downgrade.

For  purposes of clauses  (1) and (2) in the prior  sentence,  anticipation  and
reasonable  belief may be  determined  by the Company and shall be  conclusively
evidenced  by a board  resolution  to that  effect  adopted in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company. In reaching their determination, the Board of
Directors may, but need not, consult with the Rating Agencies.

The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

Limitation on Consolidated Debt. (a) The Company may not, and may not permit any
Restricted  Subsidiary  to, Incur any Debt,  unless,  after giving effect to the
application  of the proceeds of the Debt,  no Default or Event of Default  would
occur as a  consequence  of such  Incurrence  or be  continuing  following  such
Incurrence and either

        (i) the ratio of

          (A) the aggregate consolidated principal amount of Debt of the Company
          outstanding  as of the  most  recent  available  quarterly  or  annual
          balance sheet, after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such
          Debt and any other Debt  Incurred or repaid since such  balance  sheet
          date and the receipt and application of the proceeds of the Debt, to

          (B)  Consolidated  Cash Flow  Available for Fixed Charges for the four
          full fiscal  quarters next  preceding the  Incurrence of such Debt for
          which consolidated financial statements are available, determined on a
          pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been Incurred and the proceeds


<PAGE>



          of the Debt had been  applied  at the  beginning  of such four  fiscal
          quarters,

would be less than 5.5 to 1.0 for Debt Incurred on or prior to April 1, 2000 and
5.0 to 1.0 for Debt Incurred thereafter, or

        (ii)   the  Company's  Consolidated  Capital Ratio as of the most recent
               available  quarterly or annual  balance  sheet,  after giving pro
               forma  effect to the  Incurrence  of such Debt and any other Debt
               Incurred or repaid since such balance  sheet date and the receipt
               and  application of the proceeds of the Debt, is less than 2.0 to
               1.0.

               As of  September  30,  1998,  on a pro forma basis  after  giving
               effect to the  acquisition of Icon, the offering of the old 7.25%
               notes,  the  offering  of the 7.50% Notes and the use of proceeds
               from the  offerings,  the  Company's  Consolidated  Capital Ratio
               would have been approximately 0.6 to 1.0.

        (b)    Despite the foregoing limitation,  the Company and any Restricted
               Subsidiary may Incur any and all of the following  (each of which
               shall be given independent effect):

                (i) Debt under the 7.25% Notes, the Indenture and any Restricted
                    Subsidiary Guarantee;

                (ii)(A) Debt Incurred  subsequent to March 31, 1997 under Credit
                    Facilities  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  at any time
                    outstanding not to exceed $150 million plus

                    (B) Debt Incurred  subsequent to March 31, 1997 under one or
                    more Credit  Facilities that are revolving credit facilities
                    in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not
                    to exceed the greater of

                        (x) $100  million or

                        (y) 85% of Eligible Receivables;

               (iii)Purchase  Money  Debt,  provided  that  the  amount  of such
                    Purchase  Money Debt does not exceed 100% of the cost of the
                    construction,  installation,  acquisition  or improvement of
                    the applicable Telecommunications Assets;

               (iv) Debt owed by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary of the
                    Company  or Debt  owed  by a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
                    Company to the  Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
                    Company; provided, however, that upon either

                    (x) the  transfer or other  disposition  by such  Restricted
                    Subsidiary  or the  Company  of any Debt so  permitted  to a
                    Person   other  than  the  Company  or  another   Restricted
                    Subsidiary of the Company or

                    (y) the issuance (other than directors'  qualifying shares),
                    sale,  lease,  transfer  or other  disposition  of shares of
                    Capital Stock (including by consolidation or merger) of such
                    Restricted  Subsidiary to a Person other than the Company or
                    another such Restricted  Subsidiary,  the provisions of this
                    clause  (iv) shall no longer be  applicable  to the Debt and
                    the Debt shall be deemed to have been Incurred by the issuer


<PAGE>



                    of  the  Debt  at  the  time  of  such   transfer  or  other
                    disposition;

                (v) Debt Incurred to renew, extend, refinance, defease or refund
                    (each, a  "refinancing")  the 7.25% Notes,  the notes issued
                    under the Senior Note Indentures or Debt of the Company

Incurred  pursuant  to  clause  (iii) of this  paragraph  (b),  in an  aggregate
principal  amount not to exceed the  aggregate  principal  amount of and accrued
interest on the Debt so refinanced plus the amount of any premium required to be
paid in connection  with such  refinancing  pursuant to the terms of the Debt so
refinanced  or the amount of any premium  reasonably  determined by the board of
directors of the Company as necessary to accomplish such refinancing by means of
a tender  offer or  privately  negotiated  repurchase,  plus the expenses of the
Company Incurred in connection with such refinancing;  provided,  however,  that
Debt the proceeds of which are used to  refinance  the 7.25% Notes or Debt which
is equal to the 7.25% Notes or Debt which is  subordinate in right of payment to
the 7.25% Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (v) if

                    (A) in the case of any  refinancing  of the  7.25%  Notes or
                    Debt which is equal to the 7.25% Notes, the refinancing Debt
                    is made equal to the 7.25% Notes or constitutes Subordinated
                    Debt,  and, in the case of any  refinancing of  Subordinated
                    Debt, the refinancing Debt constitutes Subordinated Debt and

                    (B) in any case, the  refinancing  Debt by its terms,  or by
                    the terms of any agreement or  instrument  pursuant to which
                    such Debt is issued,

                    (x) does not provide for  payments of  principal of the Debt
                    at stated maturity or by way of a sinking fund applicable to
                    the Debt or by way of any mandatory redemption,  defeasance,
                    retirement   or  repurchase  of  the  Debt  by  the  Company
                    (including any redemption, retirement or repurchase which is
                    contingent upon events or  circumstances,  but excluding any
                    retirement  required  by virtue of the  acceleration  of any
                    payment  with respect to such Debt upon any event of default
                    thereunder),  in each  case  prior  to the time the same are
                    required by the terms of the Debt being refinanced and

                    (y)  does  not  permit   redemption   or  other   retirement
                    (including  pursuant  to an  offer to  purchase  made by the
                    Company)  of such Debt at the  option  of the  holder of the
                    Debt prior to the time the same are required by the terms of
                    the Debt being refinanced,  other than a redemption or other
                    retirement  at  the  option  of  the  holder  of  such  Debt
                    (including  pursuant  to an  offer to  purchase  made by the
                    Company)  which  is  conditioned  upon a change  of  control
                    pursuant  to  provisions   substantially  similar  to  those
                    described under "--Change of Control";

               (vi) Debt  consisting  of  Permitted  Interest  Rate and Currency
                    Protection Agreements;

              (vii) Debt secured by Receivables originated by the Company or any
                    Restricted Subsidiary and related assets, provided that such
                    Debt is  nonrecourse  to the  Company  and any of its  other
                    Restricted    Subsidiaries   and   provided   further   that
                    Receivables  shall  not be  available  at any time to secure
                    Debt of the Company  under this  clause  (vii) to the extent
                    that they are used at such time as the basis for the


<PAGE>



                    Incurrence  of Debt in excess of $100  million  pursuant  to
                    clause (ii)(B)(y) of this paragraph (b); and

             (viii) Debt not  otherwise  permitted  to be  Incurred  pursuant to
                    clauses (i) through  (vii) above,  which,  together with any
                    other  outstanding  Debt  Incurred  pursuant  to this clause
                    (viii),  has an aggregate  principal amount not in excess of
                    $25 million at any time outstanding.

Limitation on Debt and Preferred Stock of Restricted  Subsidiaries.  The Company
may not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  that is not a Guarantor to Incur any
Debt or issue any Preferred  Stock except any and all of the following  (each of
which shall be given independent effect):

                (i) Restricted Subsidiary  Guarantees;

                (ii)Debt of  Restricted  Subsidiaries  under  Credit  Facilities
                    permitted  to  be  Incurred   pursuant  to  clause  (ii)  of
                    paragraph (b) of "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

              (iii) Purchase Money Debt of Restricted  Subsidiaries permitted to
                    be Incurred  pursuant to clause  (iii) of  paragraph  (b) of
                    "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

                (iv)Debt owed by a Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company to the
                    Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company permitted
                    to be Incurred  pursuant to clause (iv) of paragraph  (b) of
                    "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

                (v) Debt of  Restricted  Subsidiaries  consisting  of  Permitted
                    Interest Rate and Currency Protection  Agreements  permitted
                    to be Incurred  pursuant to clause (vi) of paragraph  (b) of
                    "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

                (vi)Debt  of  Restricted  Subsidiaries  secured  by  Receivables
                    originated by the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary and
                    related assets  permitted to be Incurred  pursuant to clause
                    (vii) of  paragraph  (b) of  "--Limitation  on  Consolidated
                    Debt";

              (vii) Debt of  Restricted  Subsidiaries  permitted  to be Incurred
                    pursuant to clause (viii) of paragraph (b) of  "--Limitation
                    on Consolidated Debt";

             (viii) Preferred  Stock  issued  to and  held by the  Company  or a
                    Restricted Subsidiary;

               (ix) Debt Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a Person prior to
                    the time

                    (A) such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary,

                    (B)  such  Person  merges  into  or   consolidates   with  a
                    Restricted Subsidiary or

                    (C)   another   Restricted   Subsidiary   merges   into   or
                    consolidates  with such  Person (in a  transaction  in which
                    such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary),  which Debt or
                    Preferred  Stock was not Incurred or issued in  anticipation
                    of  such  transaction  and  was  outstanding  prior  to such
                    transaction; and


<PAGE>



                (x) Debt or  Preferred  Stock  which is  exchanged  for,  or the
                    proceeds  of which  are used to  renew,  extend,  refinance,
                    defease,   refund  or  redeem  any  Debt  of  a   Restricted
                    Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)
                    of this  paragraph  or any  Debt  or  Preferred  Stock  of a
                    Restricted  Subsidiary  permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
                    clause (ix) (or any extension or renewal) (a "refinancing"),
                    in an aggregate  principal  amount,  in the case of Debt, or
                    with an  aggregate  liquidation  preference,  in the case of
                    Preferred  Stock,  not to  exceed  the  aggregate  principal
                    amount  of  the  Debt  so   refinanced   or  the   aggregate
                    liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock so refinanced,
                    plus  the  amount  of any  premium  required  to be  paid in
                    connection  with such  refinancing  pursuant to the terms of
                    the Debt or Preferred  Stock so  refinanced or the amount of
                    any  premium   reasonably   determined  by  the  Company  as
                    necessary  to  accomplish  such  refinancing  by  means of a
                    tender offer or privately  negotiated  repurchase,  plus the
                    amount  of  expenses  of  the  Company  and  the  applicable
                    Restricted  Subsidiary Incurred in connection  therewith and
                    provided the Debt or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued upon
                    such  refinancing,  by its  terms,  or by the  terms  of any
                    agreement  or  instrument  pursuant  to which  such  Debt or
                    Preferred Stock is Incurred or issued,

                    (x)  does  not  provide  for   payments  of   principal   or
                    liquidation  value at the  stated  maturity  of such Debt or
                    Preferred  Stock or by way of a sinking fund  applicable  to
                    such  Debt or  Preferred  Stock  or by way of any  mandatory
                    redemption,  defeasance,  retirement  or  repurchase of such
                    Debt or  Preferred  Stock by the  Company or any  Restricted
                    Subsidiary   (including   any   redemption,   retirement  or
                    repurchase which is contingent upon events or circumstances,
                    but   excluding  any   retirement   required  by  virtue  of
                    acceleration   of  such  Debt  upon  an  event  of   default
                    thereunder),  in each  case  prior  to the time the same are
                    required by the terms of the Debt or  Preferred  Stock being
                    refinanced and

                    (y)  does  not  permit   redemption   or  other   retirement
                    (including  pursuant  to an  offer to  purchase  made by the
                    Company  or  a  Restricted   Subsidiary)  of  such  Debt  or
                    Preferred  Stock at the  option of the  holder  prior to the
                    stated  maturity  of  the  Debt  or  Preferred  Stock  being
                    refinanced,  other than a redemption or other  retirement at
                    the  option of the  holder of such Debt or  Preferred  Stock
                    (including  pursuant  to an  offer to  purchase  made by the
                    Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary)  which is  conditioned
                    upon the  change  of  control  of the  Company  pursuant  to
                    provisions  substantially  similar to those contained in the
                    Indenture   described   under  "--Change  of  Control,"  and
                    provided  further  that  in  the  case  of any  exchange  or
                    redemption  of Preferred  Stock of a Restricted  Subsidiary,
                    such  Preferred  Stock may only be exchanged for or redeemed
                    with Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary.

Limitation on Restricted  Payments.  The Company:

                (i) may not, and may not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
                    directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividend, or make
                    any distribution, in respect of its Capital Stock or to the


<PAGE>



                    holders,  excluding any dividends or distributions which are
                    made solely to the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary (and,
                    if  such  Restricted   Subsidiary  is  not  a  Wholly  Owned
                    Subsidiary,  to the other  stockholders  of such  Restricted
                    Subsidiary  on  a  pro  rata  basis)  or  any  dividends  or
                    distributions  payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock
                    (other than Disqualified  Stock) or in options,  warrants or
                    other  rights to  acquire  its  Capital  Stock  (other  than
                    Disqualified Stock);

               (ii) may not, and may not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
                    purchase, redeem, or otherwise retire or acquire for value

                    (x)  any  Capital  Stock  of  the  Company,  any  Restricted
                    Subsidiary or any Related  Person of the Company (other than
                    a permitted refinancing) or

                    (y) any  options,  warrants or rights to purchase or acquire
                    shares  of  Capital  Stock of the  Company,  any  Restricted
                    Subsidiary  or any  Related  Person  of the  Company  or any
                    securities   convertible  or  exchangeable  into  shares  of
                    Capital Stock of the Company,  any Restricted  Subsidiary or
                    any Related  Person of the  Company  (other than a permitted
                    refinancing),  except,  in any such case, any such purchase,
                    redemption or retirement  or  acquisition  for value paid to
                    the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary  (or, in the case of
                    any  such  purchase,   redemption  or  other  retirement  or
                    acquisition   for  value  with   respect  to  a   Restricted
                    Subsidiary  that is not a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary,  paid to
                    the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  or to the other
                    stockholders  of such  Restricted  Subsidiary  that is not a
                    Wholly Owned Subsidiary, on a pro rata basis);

              (iii) may not make, or permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to, make,
                    any  Investment  in,  or  payment  on  a  Guarantee  of  any
                    obligation  of,  any  Person,  other  than the  Company or a
                    Restricted Subsidiary;  and (iv) may not, and may not permit
                    any Restricted Subsidiary to, redeem,  defease,  repurchase,
                    retire or  otherwise  acquire or retire for value,  prior to
                    any scheduled  maturity,  repayment or sinking fund payment,
                    Debt of the Company which is subordinate in right of payment
                    to the 7.25%  Notes  (other  than a  permitted  refinancing)
                    (each  of  clauses  (i)  through  (iv)  being a  "Restricted
                    Payment") if:

                    (1) an Event of  Default,  or an event that with the passing
                    of time or the giving of notice,  or both,  would constitute
                    an Event of Default,  shall have occurred and be continuing,
                    or

                    (2) upon  giving  effect  to such  Restricted  Payment,  the
                    Company  could not Incur at least $1.00 of  additional  Debt
                    pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Indenture   described  in
                    paragraph (a) of "--Limitation on Consolidated  Debt" above,
                    or

                    (3) upon  giving  effect  to such  Restricted  Payment,  the
                    aggregate  of all  Restricted  Payments  from March 31, 1997
                    exceeds the sum of:

                    (a) 50% of  cumulative  Consolidated  Net Income (or, in the


<PAGE>



                    case that Consolidated Net Income shall be negative, 100% of
                    such negative  amount) since the end of the last full fiscal
                    quarter  prior to March 31, 1997 through the last day of the
                    last full  fiscal  quarter  ending at least 45 days prior to
                    the date of such Restricted Payment,

                    (b) plus $5 million,

                    (c) less, in the case of any  Designation  with respect to a
                    Restricted Subsidiary that was made after March 31, 1997, an
                    amount equal to the Designation  Amount with respect to such
                    Restricted Subsidiary,

                    (d) plus, in the case of any Revocation made after March 31,
                    1997,  an  amount  equal to the  lesser  of the  Designation
                    Amount with respect to the Subsidiary  with respect to which
                    such  Designation  was made or the Fair Market  Value of the
                    Investment of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
                    such  Subsidiary  at  the  time  of  Revocation;   provided,
                    however,  that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
                    Company may make any  Restricted  Payment with the aggregate
                    net cash proceeds  received  after March 31, 1997 as capital
                    contributions  to the  Company or from the  issuance  (other
                    than  to  a   Subsidiary)   of  Capital  Stock  (other  than
                    Disqualified  Stock) of the Company and warrants,  rights or
                    options on Capital Stock (other than Disqualified  Stock) of
                    the Company and the principal  amount of Debt of the Company
                    that has been  converted  into  Capital  Stock  (other  than
                    Disqualified  Stock and other than by a  Subsidiary)  of the
                    Company after March 31, 1997.

On November 19, 1998,  the Company and KPN Telecom B.V.  ("KPN")  entered into a
letter of  intent  to form a joint  venture  company  to  create a  pan-European
Internet Protocol  (IP)-based fiber optic network linked to the Qwest Network in
North America for data, video and voice services.  The venture is expected to be
formed in the first  quarter of 1999,  subject to definitive  documentation  and
customary regulatory  approvals.  The Company anticipates that any contributions
that it makes to the joint venture would  constitute  Restricted  Payments which
could be made pursuant to the proviso in the preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation,

                (i) the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may make Permitted
                    Investments;

              (ii)  the  Company may pay any  dividend  on Capital  Stock of any
                    class of the Company within 60 days after the declaration of
                    the dividend if, on the date when the dividend was declared,
                    the Company could have paid such dividend in accordance with
                    the foregoing provisions;

             (iii)  the Company may repurchase any shares of its Common Stock or
                    options to acquire  its Common  Stock from  Persons who were
                    formerly directors,  officers or employees of the Company or
                    any of its  Subsidiaries  or  Affiliates,  provided that the
                    aggregate  amount of all such  repurchases  made pursuant to
                    this  clause  (iii)  shall  not  exceed  $1  million  in any
                    twelve-month period;

              (iv)  the Company and any Restricted  Subsidiary may refinance any
                    Debt otherwise permitted by clause (v) of paragraph (b)


<PAGE>



                    under  "--Limitation  on Consolidated  Debt" above or clause
                    (x)  under  "--Limitation  on Debt  and  Preferred  Stock of
                    Restricted Subsidiaries" above; and

               (v)  the  Company  and any  Restricted  Subsidiary  may retire or
                    repurchase  any  Capital  Stock  of  the  Company  or of any
                    Restricted  Subsidiary  in  exchange  for,  or  out  of  the
                    proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to
                    a Subsidiary  of the Company) of,  Capital Stock (other than
                    Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

Limitation  on Dividend  and Other  Payment  Restrictions  Affecting  Restricted
Subsidiaries.  (a) The  Company  may  not,  and may not  permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary to,  directly or indirectly,  create or otherwise  cause or suffer to
exist or become  effective any  consensual  encumbrance  or  restriction  on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary:

                (i) to pay  dividends  (in cash or  otherwise) or make any other
                    distributions  in respect of its Capital  Stock owned by the
                    Company or any other  Restricted  Subsidiary or pay any Debt
                    or  other  obligation  owed  to the  Company  or  any  other
                    Restricted Subsidiary;

               (ii) to make  loans  or  advances  to the  Company  or any  other
                    Restricted Subsidiary; or

              (iii) to transfer  any of its property or assets to the Company or
                    any other Restricted Subsidiary.

                (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing  limitation,  the Company may,
                    and may  permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  create or
                    otherwise  cause or suffer to exist any such  encumbrance or
                    restriction:

                (i) pursuant to any agreement in effect on March 31, 1997;

               (ii) any customary  encumbrance  or  restriction  applicable to a
                    Restricted  Subsidiary  that is contained in an agreement or
                    instrument  governing  or relating to Debt  contained in any
                    Credit Facilities or Purchase Money Debt,  provided that the
                    provisions of such agreement  permit the payment of interest
                    and mandatory payment or prepayment of principal pursuant to
                    the terms of the  Indenture  and the  7.25%  Notes and other
                    Debt  that is  solely  an  obligation  of the  Company,  but
                    provided   further  that  such  agreement  may  nevertheless
                    contain customary net worth, leverage,  invested capital and
                    other financial covenants, customary covenants regarding the
                    merger  of or  sale  of all or any  substantial  part of the
                    assets  of  the  Company  or  any   Restricted   Subsidiary,
                    customary restrictions on transactions with Affiliates,  and
                    customary  subordination  provisions  governing Debt owed to
                    the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

              (iii) pursuant  to an  agreement  relating to any  Acquired  Debt,
                    which  encumbrance  or  restriction is not applicable to any
                    Person,  or the  properties  or assets of any Person,  other
                    than the Person so acquired;

              (iv)  pursuant to an  agreement  effecting  a renewal,  refunding,
                    permitted refinancing or extension of Debt Incurred pursuant
                    to an agreement referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of


<PAGE>



                    this paragraph (b), provided,  however,  that the provisions
                    contained in such renewal,  refunding or extension agreement
                    relating  to such  encumbrance  or  restriction  are no more
                    restrictive  in any  material  respect  than the  provisions
                    contained in the agreement the subject thereof;

                (v) in  the  case  of  clause  (iii)  of  paragraph  (a)  above,
                    restrictions  contained in any security agreement (including
                    a Capital Lease Obligation)  securing Debt of the Company or
                    a  Restricted   Subsidiary  otherwise  permitted  under  the
                    Indenture, but only to the extent such restrictions restrict
                    the  transfer  of the  property  subject  to  such  security
                    agreement;

               (vi) in  the  case  of  clause  (iii)  of  paragraph  (a)  above,
                    customary  nonassignment  provisions  entered  into  in  the
                    ordinary  course of business in leases and other  agreements
                    and   customary   restrictions   contained   in  asset  sale
                    agreements  limiting the transfer of such property or assets
                    pending the closing of such sale;

              (vii) any  restriction  with  respect to a  Restricted  Subsidiary
                    imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into
                    for the sale or disposition of all or  substantially  all of
                    the Capital Stock or assets of such  Restricted  Subsidiary,
                    provided  that the  closing  of such  transaction  would not
                    result  in a  Default  or an Event  of  Default,  that  such
                    restriction   terminates   if   such   transaction   is  not
                    consummated  and that the  closing  or  abandonment  of such
                    transaction   occurs  within  one  year  of  the  date  such
                    agreement was entered into;

            (viii)  pursuant to applicable  law; and

               (ix) pursuant to the Indenture,  the 7.25% Notes, the Senior Note
                    Indentures and the notes  outstanding  under the Senior Note
                    Indentures.

Limitation  on Liens.  The  Company may not,  and may not permit any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to,  Incur or  suffer to exist  any Lien on or with  respect  to any
property or assets now owned or acquired after March 31, 1997 to secure any Debt
without  making,  or  causing  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  to make,  effective
provision for securing the 7.25% Notes (x) equally and ratably with such Debt as
to such property for so long as such Debt will be so secured or (y) in the event
such Debt is Debt of the Company which is subordinate in right of payment to the
7.25%  Notes,  prior to such Debt as to such  property  for so long as such Debt
will be so secured.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

        (i)         Liens   existing  on  March  31,  1997  and  securing   Debt
                    outstanding on March 31, 1997;

        (ii)        Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

        (iii)       Liens to secure the 7.25% Notes;

        (iv)        Liens to secure Restricted Subsidiary Guarantees;

        (v)         Liens to secure Debt under Credit Facilities permitted to be
                    Incurred pursuant to clause (ii) of paragraph (b) of


<PAGE>



                    "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

        (vi)        Liens  on real or  personal  property  of the  Company  or a
                    Restricted Subsidiary  constructed,  installed,  acquired or
                    constituting  improvements  made after the date of  original
                    issuance  of the 7.25% Notes to secure  Purchase  Money Debt
                    permitted  to  be  Incurred  pursuant  to  clause  (iii)  of
                    paragraph  (b)  of  "--Limitation  on  Consolidated   Debt";
                    provided, however, that:

                (a) the principal amount of any Debt secured by such a Lien does
                    not  exceed  100%  of  such   purchase   price  or  cost  of
                    construction,  installation  or  improvement of the property
                    subject to such Lien,

                (b) such Lien attaches to such property prior to, at the time of
                    or within 270 days after the acquisition,  the completion of
                    construction,    installation    or   improvement   or   the
                    commencement of operation of such property and

                (c) such Lien does not  extend  to or cover any  property  other
                    than  the  specific  item of  property  (or  portion  of the
                    property) acquired,  constructed,  installed or constituting
                    the  improvements  financed by the proceeds of such Purchase
                    Money Debt;

        (vii)      Liens to secure Acquired Debt, provided, however, that:

                (a) such Lien  attaches to the acquired  asset prior to the time
                    of the acquisition of such asset; and

                (b) such  Lien  does not  extend to or cover any other asset;

        (viii)      Liens to secure Debt Incurred to extend, renew, refinance or
                    refund (or successive extensions,  renewals, refinancings or
                    refundings),  in whole or in part,  Debt secured by any Lien
                    referred to in the foregoing clauses (i), (iii),  (iv), (v),
                    (vi) and (vii) so long as such  Lien does not  extend to any
                    other  property and the principal  amount of Debt so secured
                    is not increased except as otherwise  permitted under clause
                    (v) of paragraph  (b) under  "--Limitation  on  Consolidated
                    Debt"  above or clause (x) under  "--Limitation  on Debt and
                    Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" above;

        (ix)        Liens to secure debt  consisting of Permitted  Interest Rate
                    and Currency Protection  Agreements permitted to be Incurred
                    pursuant to clause (vi) of paragraph (b) under "--Limitation
                    on Consolidated Debt";

        (x)         Liens to secure Debt secured by Receivables  permitted to be
                    Incurred  pursuant to clause  (vii) of  paragraph  (b) under
                    "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

        (xi)        Liens to secure Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to
                    be Incurred pursuant to clause (viii) of paragraph (b) under
                    "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt";

        (xii)       Liens not otherwise  permitted by the foregoing  clauses (i)
                    through (xi) in an amount not to exceed 5% of the  Company's
                    Consolidated Tangible Assets; and



<PAGE>



        (xiii)      Permitted Liens.

Limitation  on  Issuances  of Certain  Guarantees  by, and Debt  Securities  of,
Restricted  Subsidiaries.   The  Company  may  not  (i)  permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to,  directly or  indirectly,  guarantee any Debt  Securities of the
Company or (ii) permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary to issue any Debt  Securities
unless, in either such case, such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously signs and
delivers Restricted  Subsidiary  Guarantees providing for a Guarantee of payment
of the 7.25% Notes.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  The Company may not, and may not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, assume,
Guarantee or  otherwise  become  liable with  respect to any Sale and  Leaseback
Transaction,  other than a Sale and Leaseback Transaction between the Company or
a  Restricted  Subsidiary  on the one hand and a  Restricted  Subsidiary  or the
Company on the other hand, unless (i) the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary
would be  entitled  to Incur a Lien to secure  Debt by reason of the  provisions
described  under   "--Limitation  on  Liens"  above,  equal  in  amount  to  the
Attributable  Value of the Sale and Leaseback  Transaction  without  equally and
ratably securing the 7.25% Notes and (ii) the Sale and Leaseback  Transaction is
treated  as an Asset  Disposition  and all of the  conditions  of the  Indenture
described  under  "--Limitation  on Asset  Dispositions"  below  (including  the
provisions  concerning the application of Net Available  Proceeds) are satisfied
with  respect  to such  Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction,  treating  all of the
consideration  received in such Sale and Leaseback  Transaction as Net Available
Proceeds for purposes of such covenant.

Limitation  on Asset  Dispositions.  The Company may not, and may not permit any
Restricted  Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

        (i)    the  Company or the  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be,
               receives consideration for such disposition at least equal to the
               Fair  Market  Value  for  the  assets  sold  or  disposed  of  as
               determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith
               and  evidenced by a  resolution  of the board of directors of the
               Company filed with the Trustee; and

        (ii)   at least 75% of the consideration  for such disposition  consists
               of cash  or Cash  Equivalents  or the  assumption  of Debt of the
               Company (other than Debt that is subordinated to the 7.25% Notes)
               or of the Restricted Subsidiary and release from all liability on
               the Debt assumed.

If the aggregate  amount of Net Available  Proceeds  within any 12-month  period
exceeds $5 million, then all such Net Available Proceeds shall be applied within
360 days of the last such Asset Disposition

                (1) first, to the permanent  repayment or reduction of Debt then
                    outstanding  under any Credit  Facility,  to the extent such
                    agreements   would  require  such  application  or  prohibit
                    payments pursuant to clause (2) following;

                (2) second,  to the extent of remaining Net Available  Proceeds,
                    to make an Offer to  Purchase  outstanding  7.25% Notes at a
                    price in cash  equal to 100% of the  principal  amount  plus
                    accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date and, to the
                    extent required by its terms,  any other Debt of the Company
                    that is equal in ranking  with the 7.25% Notes at a price no
                    greater than 100% of the  principal  amount plus accrued and
                    unpaid  interest  to  the  purchase  date  (or  100%  of the
                    accreted value plus accrued and unpaid interest and premium,


<PAGE>



                    if any, to the purchase  date in the case of original  issue
                    discount Debt);

                (3) third, to the extent of any remaining Net Available Proceeds
                    following the  completion  of the Offer to Purchase,  to the
                    repayment  of  other  Debt  of  the  Company  or  Debt  of a
                    Restricted  Subsidiary,  to the extent  permitted  under the
                    terms of the Debt; and

                (4) fourth,  to  the  extent  of  any  remaining  Net  Available
                    Proceeds,  to any other  use as  determined  by the  Company
                    which is not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

Limitation on Issuances  and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted  Subsidiaries.
The Company may not, and may not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  issue,
transfer,  convey, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock of a
Restricted  Subsidiary  or  securities  convertible  or  exchangeable  into,  or
options,  warrants,  rights or any other interest with respect to, Capital Stock
of a Restricted  Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary except

        (i)    a sale of all of the Capital Stock of such Restricted  Subsidiary
               owned by the Company and any Restricted  Subsidiary that complies
               with  the  provisions  described  under  "--Limitation  on  Asset
               Dispositions" above to the extent such provisions apply,

        (ii)   in a  transaction  that  results  in such  Restricted  Subsidiary
               becoming a Permitted Joint Venture, provided (x) such transaction
               complies with the provisions  described  under  "--Limitation  on
               Asset Dispositions" above to the extent such provisions apply and
               (y) the Company's  remaining  Investment in such Permitted  Joint
               Venture would have been permitted as a new  Investment  under the
               provisions of "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" above,

        (iii)  the transfer,  conveyance,  sale or other  disposition  of shares
               required by applicable law or regulation,

        (iv)   if required, the issuance,  transfer,  conveyance,  sale or other
               disposition of directors'  qualifying shares, or (v) Disqualified
               Stock  issued in  exchange  for,  or upon  conversion  of, or the
               proceeds of the issuance of which are used to redeem,  refinance,
               replace or refund shares of Disqualified Stock of such Restricted
               Subsidiary,   provided   that  the  amounts  of  the   redemption
               obligations  of such  Disqualified  Stock  shall not  exceed  the
               amounts of the redemption  obligations of, and such  Disqualified
               Stock shall have  redemption  obligations  no earlier  than those
               required by, the Disqualified  Stock being exchanged,  converted,
               redeemed, refinanced, replaced or refunded.

Transactions  with Affiliates and Related Persons.  The Company may not, and may
not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to, enter into any  transaction (or series
of related  transactions)  with an  Affiliate  or Related  Person of the Company
(other than the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary),  including any Investment,
unless such  transaction  is on terms no less  favorable  to the Company or such
Restricted  Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable  arm's-
length transaction with an entity that is not an Affiliate or Related Person and
is in the best interests of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,  provided
that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into

        (i)    transactions  pursuant  to the  Company's  existing  tax  sharing
               agreement entered into with Anschutz Company described under the


<PAGE>



               caption "Certain  Relationships and Related  Transactions" in the
               Company's  annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
               31,  1997,  provided  that any  amendment  of,  supplement  to or
               substitute  for  such  agreement  is on  terms  that  are no less
               favorable to the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary than such
               existing agreement,

        (ii)   transactions  pursuant  to  employee  compensation   arrangements
               approved  by  the  board  of  directors  of the  Company,  either
               directly or indirectly, and

        (iii)  Receivables Sales between the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary
               and an  Affiliate of the Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary,
               provided that such  Receivables  Sales satisfy the  provisions of
               clauses (i) and (ii) of "--Limitation on Asset Dispositions." For
               any  transaction  that involves in excess of $10 million but less
               than or equal to $15 million,  the Company  shall  deliver to the
               Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  stating  that the  transaction
               satisfies the above criteria.  For any transaction  that involves
               in excess of $15 million, a majority of the disinterested members
               of the board of directors of the Company shall determine that the
               transaction  satisfies the above criteria and shall evidence such
               a determination  by a board resolution filed with the Trustee or,
               in the event that there shall not be disinterested members of the
               board of directors with respect to the  transaction,  the Company
               shall file with the Trustee a written  opinion  stating  that the
               transaction  satisfies  the  above  criteria  from an  investment
               banking firm of national  standing in the United States which, in
               the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company,
               is independent with respect to the Company and its Affiliates and
               qualified to perform such task.

Change of Control.  Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
Company  will be  required to make an Offer to Purchase  all  outstanding  7.25%
Notes at a price in cash  equal to 101% of the  principal  amount  of the  7.25%
Notes plus any accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon,  if any, to such  purchase
date. A "Change of Control" will be deemed to have occurred at such time as

        (x) a Rating  Decline shall have  occurred and

        (y) either

               (A)  the  sale,   conveyance,   transfer   or  lease  of  all  or
               substantially  all of the assets of the  Company to any Person or
               any Persons  acting  together that would  constitute a "group" (a
               "Group")  for  purposes  of Section  13(d) of the  Exchange  Act,
               together with any Affiliates or Related  Persons,  other than any
               Permitted  Holder  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary,   shall  have
               occurred;

               (B) any Person or Group,  together with any Affiliates or Related
               Persons,  other  than  any  Permitted  Holder  or any  Restricted
               Subsidiary,  shall  beneficially  own (within the meaning of Rule
               13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person will be deemed
               to have  beneficial  ownership of all shares that such Person has
               the  right  to  acquire,   whether  such  right  is   exercisable
               immediately  or only  after the  passage of time) at least 50% of
               the aggregate  voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of the
               Company at a time when  Permitted  Holders own less than or equal
               to 25% of the  aggregate  voting  power of all  classes of Voting
               Stock of the Company; or


<PAGE>



               (C)  during  any  period  of two  consecutive  years,  Continuing
               Directors  cease for any reason to  constitute  a majority of the
               Company's board of directors then in office. If the Company makes
               an Offer to Purchase  the 7.25%  Notes,  the  Company  intends to
               comply  with any  applicable  securities  laws  and  regulations,
               including any  applicable  requirements  of Section 14(e) of, and
               Rule 14e-1 under, the Exchange Act. The existence of the holders'
               right to require,  subject to certain conditions,  the Company to
               repurchase 7.25% Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third
               party  from   acquiring  the  Company  in  a   transaction   that
               constitutes a Change of Control. If an Offer to Purchase is made,
               there can be no assurance  that the Company will have  sufficient
               funds to pay the Purchase  Price for all 7.25% Notes  tendered by
               holders  seeking to accept the Offer to  Purchase.  In  addition,
               instruments  governing other Debt of the Company may prohibit the
               Company  from  purchasing  any 7.25% Notes prior to their  Stated
               Maturity,  including  pursuant  to  an  Offer  to  Purchase.  See
               "Description  of Certain  Indebtedness."  If an Offer to Purchase
               occurs  at a time  when the  Company  does  not  have  sufficient
               available  funds to pay the  Purchase  Price for all 7.25%  Notes
               tendered  pursuant  to such Offer to  Purchase or a time when the
               Company is prohibited  from  purchasing  the 7.25% Notes (and the
               Company is unable  either to obtain the consent of the holders of
               the  relevant  Debt or to repay such  Debt),  an Event of Default
               would occur under the Indenture.  In addition,  one of the events
               that  constitutes  a Change of Control  under the  Indenture is a
               sale,  conveyance,  transfer or lease of all or substantially all
               of the property of the Company.

The  Indenture  will be  governed by New York law,  and there is no  established
definition  under  New  York  law of  "substantially  all"  of the  assets  of a
corporation.  Accordingly,  if the Company  were to engage in a  transaction  in
which it disposed of less than all of its assets,  a question of  interpretation
could arise as to whether such  disposition  was of  "substantially  all" of its
assets and whether the Company was required to make an Offer to Purchase. Except
as  described  in this  prospectus  with  respect  to a Change of  Control,  the
Indenture  does not contain any other  provisions  that permit  holders of 7.25%
Notes to require that the Company  repurchase or redeem 7.25% Notes in the event
of a takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring.

Reports.  The  Company  will file with the Trustee on the date on which it files
them with the  Commission  copies of the annual and  quarterly  reports  and the
information,  documents,  and other reports that the Company is required to file
with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act ("SEC
Reports").  If the  Company  shall  cease to be  required  to file  SEC  Reports
pursuant to the Exchange  Act, the Company  will  nevertheless  continue to file
such reports with the Commission  (unless the Commission  will not accept such a
filing) and the Trustee.  The Company will furnish  copies of the SEC Reports to
the  holders of 7.25% Notes at the time the Company is required to file the same
with the Trustee  and will make such  information  available  to  investors  who
request it in writing.

Limitation on  Designations  of  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries.  The Indenture will
provide that the Company will not designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other
than a newly created Subsidiary in which no Investment has previously been made)
as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" under the Indenture (a "Designation") unless:

        (a)    no  Default  or Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
               continuing  at  the  time  of or  after  giving  effect  to  such
               Designation;



<PAGE>



        (b)    immediately after giving effect to such Designation,  the Company
               would  be able to  Incur  $1.00 of Debt  under  paragraph  (a) of
               "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt"; and

        (c)    the Company  would not be  prohibited  under the  Indenture  from
               making an  Investment  at the time of  Designation  (assuming the
               effectiveness of such Designation) in an amount (the "Designation
               Amount")  equal to the Fair Market Value of the net Investment of
               the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary in such Restricted
               Subsidiary  on such date.  In the event of any such  Designation,
               the  Company   shall  be  deemed  to  have  made  an   Investment
               constituting  a  Restricted  Payment  pursuant  to  the  covenant
               "--Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments"  for all purposes of the
               Indenture in the Designation Amount.

The Indenture  will further  provide that neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary shall at any time

        (x)    provide  credit  support for, or a guarantee  of, any Debt of any
               Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking,  agreement or
               instrument  evidencing such Debt); provided that the Company or a
               Restricted  Subsidiary  may pledge  Capital  Stock or Debt of any
               Unrestricted  Subsidiary  on a  nonrecourse  basis  such that the
               pledgee has no claim whatsoever against the Company other than to
               obtain such pledged property,

        (y)    be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of any Unrestricted
               Subsidiary or

        (z)    be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt which provides that
               the holder  may (upon  notice,  lapse of time or both)  declare a
               default thereon or cause the payment to be accelerated or payable
               prior to its final  scheduled  maturity upon the  occurrence of a
               default with respect to any Debt of any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary
               (including  any right to take  enforcement  action  against  such
               Unrestricted Subsidiary), except in the case of clause (x) or (y)
               to  the  extent  permitted  under   "--Limitation  on  Restricted
               Payments"  and   "--Transactions   with  Affiliates  and  Related
               Persons."

The  Indenture  will  further  provide  that a  Designation  may be  revoked  (a
"Revocation") by a resolution of the board of directors of the Company delivered
to the Trustee, provided that the Company will not make any Revocation unless:

        (a)    no  Default  or Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
               continuing  at the  time  of and  after  giving  effect  to  such
               Revocation; and

        (b)    all Liens and Debt of such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  outstanding
               immediately  following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such
               time,  have been  permitted  to be  Incurred at such time for all
               purposes of the Indenture.  All Designations and Revocations must
               be  evidenced  by  resolutions  of the board of  directors of the
               Company delivered to the Trustee  certifying  compliance with the
               foregoing provisions.

Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets

The  Company  may  not,  in  a  single   transaction  or  a  series  of  related
transactions,



<PAGE>



        (i)    consolidate  with or merge  into any other  Person or  Persons or
               permit  any other  Person to  consolidate  with or merge into the
               Company  (other  than a  merger  of  Qwest  Corporation  into the
               Company in which the Company shall be the surviving Person) or

        (ii)   directly  or  indirectly,  transfer,  sell,  lease  or  otherwise
               dispose  of all or  substantially  all of its assets to any other
               Person or Persons unless:

               (a) in a  transaction  in which the Company is not the  surviving
               Person  or in  which  the  Company  sells,  leases  or  otherwise
               disposes of all or  substantially  all of its assets to any other
               Person,  the  resulting   surviving  or  transferee  Person  (the
               "successor  entity")  is  organized  under the laws of the United
               States of America or any State or the  District of  Columbia  and
               shall expressly  assume,  by a supplemental  indenture signed and
               delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all
               of the Company's respective obligations under the Indenture;

               (b)   immediately   before  and  after  giving   effect  to  such
               transaction  and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of
               the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  as a  result  of such
               transaction  as  having  been  Incurred  by the  Company  or such
               Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the transaction,  no Default
               or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

               (c)  immediately  after giving  effect to such  transaction,  the
               Consolidated  Net Worth of the Company (or other successor entity
               to the  Company) is equal to or greater  than that of the Company
               immediately prior to the transaction;

               (d)  immediately  after  giving  effect to such  transaction  and
               treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of the Company or a
               Restricted  Subsidiary as a result of such  transaction as having
               been Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the
               time of the  transaction,  the Company  (including  any successor
               entity to the Company)  could Incur at least $1.00 of  additional
               Debt pursuant to the  provisions  of the  Indenture  described in
               paragraph (a) under "--Limitation on Consolidated Debt" above;

               (e) if, as a result of any such  transaction,  property or assets
               of the Company would become  subject to a Lien  prohibited by the
               provisions  of the Indenture  described  under  "--Limitation  on
               Liens" above,  the Company or the successor entity to the Company
               shall have secured the 7.25% Notes as required by said  covenant;
               and

               (f) certain other conditions are met.

Certain Definitions

Set  forth  below is a summary  of  certain  of the  defined  terms  used in the
Indenture.  Reference is made to the  Indenture  for the full  definition of all
such  terms,  as well as any other  terms used in this  prospectus  for which no
definition is provided.

"Acquired  Debt" means,  with respect to any specified  Person,  (i) Debt of any
other  Person  existing  at  the  time  such  Person  merges  with  or  into  or
consolidates with or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person and (ii) Debt
secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, which
Debt was not incurred in anticipation of, and was outstanding prior to, such


<PAGE>



merger, consolidation or acquisition.

"Affiliate"  of any  Person  means  any  other  Person  directly  or  indirectly
controlling  or  controlled by or under direct or indirect  common  control with
such  Person.  For the  purposes of this  definition,  "control"  when used with
respect to any Person means the power to direct the  management  and policies of
such Person,  directly or  indirectly,  whether  through the ownership of voting
securities,   by  contract  or  otherwise;   and  the  terms  "controlling"  and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Asset  Disposition"  means  any  transfer,  conveyance,  sale,  lease  or other
disposition by the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary in one or more related
transactions  occurring within any 12-month period (including a consolidation or
merger or other sale of any such Restricted  Subsidiary with, into or to another
Person in a  transaction  in which  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  ceases to be a
Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company,  but  excluding  a  disposition  by  a
Restricted  Subsidiary  to the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  or by the
Company to a Restricted Subsidiary) of

        (i)    shares  of  Capital  Stock  or  other  ownership  interests  of a
               Restricted  Subsidiary (other than as permitted by the provisions
               of the Indenture  described in clauses (iii),  (iv) and (v) under
               the caption "--Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock
               of Restricted Subsidiaries"),

        (ii)   substantially  all of the assets of the Company or any Restricted
               Subsidiary representing a division or line of business or

        (iii)  other  assets  or  rights  of  the  Company  or  any   Restricted
               Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business  (excluding
               any transfer,  conveyance,  sale,  lease or other  disposition of
               equipment  that is obsolete or no longer used by or useful to the
               Company,  provided  that the Company has delivered to the Trustee
               an  Officers'   Certificate   stating  that  such   criteria  are
               satisfied);   provided   in  each   case   that   the   aggregate
               consideration for such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other
               disposition  is equal to $500,000 or more in any 12-month  period
               and  provided  further  that  the  following  shall  not be Asset
               Dispositions:

                (x) Permitted Telecommunications Capital Asset Dispositions,

                (y) exchanges   of    Telecommunications    Assets   for   other
                    Telecommunications Assets where the Fair Market Value of the
                    Telecommunications  Assets received is at least equal to the
                    Fair Market Value of the Telecommunications  Assets disposed
                    of or, if less,  the difference is received in cash and such
                    cash is Net Available Proceeds and

                (z) Liens  permitted  to be  Incurred  pursuant  to  the  second
                    paragraph under "--Limitation on Liens."

"Attributable Value" means, as to any particular lease under which any Person is
at the time liable other than a Capital Lease Obligation,  and at any date as of
which the amount is to be  determined,  the total net amount of rent required to
be paid by such Person under such lease during the initial term as determined in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles,  discounted from the
last date of such initial term to the date of  determination at a rate per annum
equal  to the  discount  rate  which  would be  applicable  to a  Capital  Lease
Obligation  with like term in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  The net amount of rent required to be paid under any such lease for
any such period shall be the aggregate amount of rent payable by the lessee with


<PAGE>



respect to such period after excluding amounts required to be paid on account of
insurance,  taxes, assessments,  utility,  operating and labor costs and similar
charges.  In the case of any lease  which is  terminable  by the lessee upon the
payment of penalty,  such net amount shall also include the lesser of the amount
of such  penalty  (in which case no rent shall be  considered  as required to be
paid  under  such  lease  subsequent  to the first  date upon which it may be so
terminated)  or the rent which  would  otherwise  be required to be paid if such
lease is not so terminated.

"Attributable  Value"  means,  as to a Capital Lease  Obligation,  the principal
amount of the Capital Lease Obligation.

"Capital  Lease  Obligation"  of any Person means the  obligation to pay rent or
other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Debt arrangements conveying the
right to use) real or personal  property of such Person  which is required to be
classified  and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a
balance sheet of such Person in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles (a "Capital Lease").  The stated maturity of such obligation shall be
the date of the last  payment  of rent or any other  amount due under such lease
prior to the first date upon which  such lease may be  terminated  by the lessee
without payment of a penalty.  The principal  amount of the obligation  shall be
the  capitalized  amount of the  obligation  that would  appear on the face of a
balance sheet of such Person in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

"Capital   Stock"  of  any  Person   means  any  and  all   shares,   interests,
participations or other equivalents  (however  designated) of corporate stock or
other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or
limited, of such Person.

"Cash Equivalents" means

        (i)    any Debt with a maturity  of 365 days or less  issued or directly
               and fully  guaranteed  as  insured  by the  United  States or any
               agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the
               full faith and credit of the United  States is pledged in support
               thereof  or the Debt  constitutes  a  general  obligation  of the
               country);

        (ii)   deposits,  certificates of deposit or acceptances with a maturity
               of 365 days or less of any financial institution that is a member
               of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  in each case  having  combined
               capital and surplus and undivided profits (or any similar capital
               concept) of not less than $500 million and whose senior unsecured
               debt is rated  at  least  "A- 1" by  Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings
               Service,  a division  of McGraw  Hill,  Inc.  or "P-1" by Moody's
               Investors Service, Inc.;

        (iii)  commercial  paper with a maturity of 365 days or less issued by a
               corporation  (other than an Affiliate  of the Company)  organized
               under  the laws of the  United  States  or any State and rated at
               least "A-1" by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Service,  a division of
               McGraw Hill, Inc. or "P-1" by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.;
               and

        (iv)   repurchase  agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating
               to  marketable  direct   obligations  issued  or  unconditionally
               guaranteed  by the  United  States  or  issued  by any  agency or
               instrumentality of the United States and backed by the full faith
               and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the
               date of acquisition.


<PAGE>



"Common  Stock" of any Person means  Capital  Stock of such Person that does not
rank prior,  as to the payment of dividends or as to the  distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such
Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

"Consolidated Capital Ratio" of any Person as of any date means the ratio of (i)
the  aggregate  consolidated  principal  amount  of  Debt of  such  Person  then
outstanding to (ii) the greater of either (a) the aggregate consolidated paid-in
capital  of such  Person as of such date or (b) the  stockholders'  equity as of
such  date  as  shown  on the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of such  Person  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

"Consolidated  Cash Flow  Available for Fixed  Charges" for any period means the
Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries for such
period increased by the sum of

        (i)    Consolidated  Interest  Expense of the Company and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries for such period, plus

        (ii)   Consolidated   Income  Tax   Expense  of  the   Company  and  its
               Subsidiaries for such period, plus

        (iii)  the consolidated  depreciation and amortization  expense or other
               non-cash write-offs of assets included in the income statement of
               the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus

        (iv)   any charge  related to any premium or penalty paid in  connection
               with redeeming or retiring any Debt prior to its stated maturity;
               provided,  however,  that there shall be excluded  therefrom  the
               Consolidated  Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges (if positive)
               of any  Restricted  Subsidiary  (calculated  separately  for such
               Restricted  Subsidiary  in the same manner as provided  above for
               the Company) that is subject to a restriction  which prevents the
               payment  of  dividends  or the  making  of  distributions  to the
               Company or another  Restricted  Subsidiary  to the extent of such
               restriction.

"Consolidated  Income Tax Expense" for any period means the aggregate amounts of
the  provisions  for income taxes of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  for such
period calculated on a consolidated  basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

"Consolidated  Interest  Expense"  means for any  period  the  interest  expense
included in a consolidated  income statement  (excluding interest income) of the
Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such period in  accordance  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  including  without  limitation  or
duplication (or, to the extent not so included, with the addition of),

        (i)  the amortization of Debt discounts;

        (ii)   any payments or fees with respect to letters of credit,  bankers'
               acceptances or similar facilities;

        (iii)  fees with respect to interest rate swap or similar  agreements or
               foreign currency hedge, exchange or similar agreements;

        (iv)   Preferred  Stock  dividends  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries
               (other than dividends  paid in shares of Preferred  Stock that is
               not Disqualified Stock) declared and paid or payable;

        (v)    accrued  Disqualified  Stock  dividends  of the  Company  and its


<PAGE>



               Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not declared or paid;

        (vi)   interest on Debt  guaranteed  by the  Company and its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries; and

        (vii)  the  portion of any  Capital  Lease  Obligation  paid during such
               period that is allocable to interest expense.

"Consolidated  Net Income" for any period  means the net income (or loss) of the
Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for  such  period  determined  on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles;
provided that there shall be excluded therefrom

        (a)    the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or
               a Restricted Subsidiary in a pooling-of-interests transaction for
               any period prior to the date of such transaction,

        (b)    the net income (or loss) of any Person  that is not a  Restricted
               Subsidiary  except to the  extent of the amount of  dividends  or
               other distributions  actually paid to the Company or a Restricted
               Subsidiary by such Person during such period,

        (c)    gains or  losses  on Asset  Dispositions  by the  Company  or its
               Restricted Subsidiaries,

        (d)    all extraordinary gains and extraordinary  losses,  determined in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,

        (e)    the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles,

        (f)    non-cash gains or losses resulting from  fluctuations in currency
               exchange rates,

        (g)    any  non-cash  expense  related to the  issuance to  employees or
               directors  of the  Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  or any
               Affiliate of the Company of (i) options to purchase Capital Stock
               of the  Company  or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  or  (ii)  other
               compensatory  rights  (including under the Company's Growth Share
               Plan),  provided, in either case, that such options or rights, by
               their terms, can be redeemed only for Capital Stock,

        (h)    with  respect  to a  Restricted  Subsidiary  that is not a Wholly
               Owned Subsidiary, any aggregate net income (or loss) in excess of
               the Company's or any  Restricted  Subsidiary's  pro rata share of
               the net income (or loss) of such  Restricted  Subsidiary  that is
               not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be excluded and

        (i)    the tax  effect  of any of the items  described  in  clauses  (a)
               through  (h) above;  provided  further  that for  purposes of any
               determination   pursuant  to  the  provisions   described   under
               "--Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments,"  there shall further be
               excluded  therefrom  the net  income  (but  not net  loss) of any
               Restricted  Subsidiary  that is  subject to a  restriction  which
               prevents the payment of dividends or the making of  distributions
               to the Company or another Restricted  Subsidiary to the extent of
               such restriction.

"Consolidated  Net Worth" of any Person means the  stockholders'  equity of such
Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles,  less amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock of such
Person; provided that, with respect to the Company, adjustments following March


<PAGE>



31, 1997 to the accounting  books and records of the Company in accordance  with
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinions  Nos. 16 and 17 (or  successor  opinions
thereto) or otherwise  resulting from the  acquisition of control of the Company
by another Person shall not be given effect to.

"Consolidated  Tangible  Assets" of any Person  means the total amount of assets
(less  applicable  reserves  and other  properly  deductible  items) which under
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  would be included on a consolidated
balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries after deducting  therefrom all
goodwill,  trade  names,  trademarks,  patents,  unamortized  debt  discount and
expense and other like intangibles,  which in each case under generally accepted
accounting principles would be included on such consolidated balance sheet.

"Continuing Director" means, as of any date of determination,  any member of the
board  of  directors  of the  Company  who (i) was a  member  of such  board  of
directors of the Company on March 31, 1997,  or (ii) was  nominated for election
or elected to the board of directors of the Company with the affirmative vote of
a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  who  were  members  of the  board of
directors  of the  Company at the time of such  nomination  or  election  or the
affirmative vote of Permitted Holders.

"Credit  Facilities"  means one or more credit  agreements,  loan  agreements or
similar facilities,  secured or unsecured, entered into from time to time by the
Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  and  including  any  related  notes,
Guarantees,   collateral   documents,   instruments  and  agreements  signed  in
connection  therewith,  as the  same  may be  amended,  supplemented,  modified,
restated or replaced from time to time.

"Debt" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse
is to all  or a  portion  of the  assets  of  such  Person  and  whether  or not
contingent,

        (i)    every obligation of such Person for money borrowed,

       (ii)    every obligation of such Person  evidenced by bonds,  debentures,
               notes  or  other  similar  instruments,   including   obligations
               incurred in connection with the  acquisition of property,  assets
               or businesses,

        (iii)  every  reimbursement  obligation  of such Person with  respect to
               letters of credit,  bankers'  acceptances  or similar  facilities
               issued for the account of such Person,

        (iv)   every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
               purchase  price of  property or  services  (including  securities
               repurchase  agreements but excluding  trade  accounts  payable or
               accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business),

        (v)    every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person,

        (vi)   all  Receivables   Sales  of  such  Person,   together  with  any
               obligation  of such Person to pay any discount,  interest,  fees,
               indemnities,  penalties,  recourse,  expenses or other amounts in
               connection therewith,

        (vii)  all  obligations  to  redeem  Disqualified  Stock  issued by such
               Person,

        (viii) every  obligation  under  Interest  Rate and Currency  Protection
               Agreements of such Person and



<PAGE>



        (ix)   every  obligation  of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
               (viii) of another  Person and all dividends of another Person the
               payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed.


The "amount" or "principal  amount" of Debt at any time of determination as used
in this prospectus  represented  by

        (a)    any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount
               at  maturity  of the Debt,  shall be the amount of the  liability
               determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
               principles,

        (b)    any  Receivables  Sale  shall be the  amount  of the  unrecovered
               capital or principal  investment of the purchaser (other than the
               Company or a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Company),  excluding
               amounts  representative  of  yield  or  interest  earned  on such
               investment or

        (c)    any  Disqualified  Stock shall be the maximum fixed redemption or
               repurchase price.

"Debt  Securities"  means any debt  securities  (including any guarantee of such
securities) issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in
connection  with a  public  offering  or a  private  placement  (excluding  Debt
permitted to be Incurred under  paragraph (b) of  "--Limitation  on Consolidated
Debt").

"Default" means any event, act or condition the occurrence of which is, or after
notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Disqualified Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person which,
by its terms (or by the terms of any security  into which it is  convertible  or
for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is
mandatorily  redeemable,  pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the option of such Person, any Subsidiary of such Person or the
holder,  in whole or in part,  on or prior to the final  Stated  Maturity of the
7.25%  Notes;  provided,  however,  that any  Preferred  Stock  which  would not
constitute  Disqualified  Stock but for  provisions  giving holders the right to
require  the  Company to  repurchase  or redeem  such  Preferred  Stock upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control  occurring  prior to the final Stated Maturity
of the 7.25%  Notes  shall not  constitute  Disqualified  Stock if the change of
control  provisions  applicable to such Preferred Stock are no more favorable to
the holders of such Preferred Stock than the provisions  applicable to the 7.25%
Notes  contained in the covenant  described under "--Change of Control" and such
Preferred  Stock  specifically  provides that the Company will not repurchase or
redeem  any such  stock  pursuant  to such  provisions  prior  to the  Company's
repurchase of such 7.25% Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to the
covenant described under "--Change of Control."

"Eligible  Institution" means a commercial banking institution that has combined
capital and surplus of not less than $500 million or its  equivalent  in foreign
currency,  whose debt is rated "A" (or  higher)  according  to Standard & Poor's
Ratings Service, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. (or any successor to its rating
agency  business) or Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. (or any successor to its
rating  agency  business)  at the time as of which any  investment  or  rollover
therein is made.

"Eligible  Receivables"  means, at any time,  Receivables of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries,  as evidenced on the most recent quarterly consolidated
balance sheet of the Company as at a date at least 45 days prior to such time,


<PAGE>



less Receivables of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary employed to secure
Debt  Incurred  under  clause  (vii)  of  paragraph  (b)  of   "--Limitation  on
Consolidated Debt."

"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth under "Events of Default" below.

"Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (or any
successor  act),  and  the  rules  and  regulations  thereunder  (or  respective
successors thereto).

"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the price that
could be  negotiated  in an  arm's-length  free  market  transaction,  for cash,
between a willing seller and a willing buyer,  neither of whom is under pressure
or compulsion to complete the  transaction.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
Indenture,  Fair Market Value shall be  determined  by the board of directors of
the Company  acting in good faith and shall be evidenced by a resolution  of the
board of directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee.

"Government  Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations  guaranteed
by,  the  United  States  of  America  for the  payment  of which  guarantee  or
obligations  the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which
have a  remaining  weighted  average  life to maturity of not less than one year
from the date of investment therein.

"Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing,  any Debt of
any other  Person (the  "primary  obligor") in any manner,  whether  directly or
indirectly,  and including,  without limitation,  any obligation of such Person,
(i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply  funds for the  purchase or payment
of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of)
any security for the payment of such Debt, (ii) to purchase property, securities
or services  for the purpose of assuring  the holder of such Debt of the payment
of such Debt,  or (iii) to maintain  working  capital,  equity  capital or other
financial  statement  condition  or  liquidity  of the primary  obligor so as to
enable the primary  obligor to pay such Debt (and  "Guaranteed",  "Guaranteeing"
and "Guarantor"  shall have meanings  correlative to the  foregoing);  provided,
however, that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include endorsements by such
Person for  collection  or deposit,  in either case,  in the ordinary  course of
business.

"Guarantor"  means a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company  that has signed a
Restricted Subsidiary Guarantee.

"Incur" means,  with respect to any Debt or other  obligation of any Person,  to
create, issue, incur (by conversion,  exchange or otherwise),  assume, Guarantee
or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation including
by  acquisition  of  Subsidiaries  or the  recording,  as  required  pursuant to
generally accepted accounting principles or otherwise, of any such Debt or other
obligation  on the balance sheet of such Person (and  "Incurrence",  "Incurred",
"Incurrable" and "Incurring" shall have meanings  correlative to the foregoing);
provided,  however,  that a change in generally accepted  accounting  principles
that results in an  obligation  of such Person that exists at such time becoming
Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt and that neither the accrual
of interest nor the  accretion  of original  issue  discount  shall be deemed an
Incurrence of Debt.

"Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement" of any Person means any forward
contract,  futures  contract,  swap,  option  or other  financial  agreement  or
arrangement  (including,  without limitation,  caps, floors, collars and similar
agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, interest rates
or currency exchange rates or indices.


<PAGE>



"Investment"  by any Person means any direct or indirect loan,  advance or other
extension  of credit or capital  contribution  (by means of transfers of cash or
other property to others or payments for property or services for the account or
use of others,  or otherwise)  to, or purchase or  acquisition of Capital Stock,
bonds, notes,  debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any
other  Person,  including  any payment on a Guarantee of any  obligation of such
other Person.

"Investment  Grade  Rating"  means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. (or
any  successor to its rating  agency  business)  and  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Service,  a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. (or any successor to its rating agency
business), respectively.

"Lien"  means,  with respect to any property or assets,  any mortgage or deed of
trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, Receivables Sale, deposit arrangement,
security  interest,   lien,  charge,  easement  (other  than  any  easement  not
materially impairing  usefulness),  encumbrance,  preference,  priority or other
security agreement or preferential  arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever
on or with respect to such property or assets  (including,  without  limitation,
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the
same economic effect as any of the  foregoing).  For purposes of this definition
the sale,  lease,  conveyance or other transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary
of, including the grant of indefeasible rights of use or equivalent arrangements
with respect to, dark or lit  communications  fiber  capacity or  communications
conduit shall not constitute a Lien.

"Net Available  Proceeds" from any Asset Disposition by any Person means cash or
cash  equivalents  received  (including  amounts  received  by  way of  sale  or
discounting  of any  note,  installment  receivable  or  other  receivable,  but
excluding  any other  consideration  received in the form of  assumption  by the
acquiror of Debt or other  obligations  relating to such  properties  or assets)
therefrom by such Person, net of

        (i)    any portion Invested within 360 days of such Asset Disposition in
               Telecommunications Assets,

        (ii)   all legal,  title and  recording tax  expenses,  commissions  and
               other  fees  and  expenses  Incurred  and  all  federal,   state,
               provincial,  foreign and local taxes  required to be accrued as a
               liability as a consequence of such Asset Disposition,

        (iii)  all payments made by such Person or its  Subsidiaries on any Debt
               which is secured by such assets in  accordance  with the terms of
               any Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the
               terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary  consent to
               such Asset Disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out of the
               proceeds from such Asset Disposition,

        (iv)   all  distributions  and other payments made to minority  interest
               holders  in  Subsidiaries  of  such  Person  or  Permitted  Joint
               Ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition and

        (v)    appropriate   amounts  to  be  provided  by  the  Person  or  any
               Subsidiary  of the  Person,  as the case may be, as a reserve  in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles against
               any  liabilities  associated with such assets and retained by the
               Person or any Subsidiary of the Person, as the case may be, after
               such   Asset   Disposition,    including,   without   limitation,
               liabilities under any  indemnification  obligations and severance
               and other employee  termination  costs associated with such Asset


<PAGE>



               Disposition, in each case as determined by the board of directors
               of such Person,  in its reasonable good faith judgment  evidenced
               by a resolution of the board of directors filed with the Trustee;
               provided,  however,  that any  reduction in such  reserve  within
               twelve  months  following  the closing of such Asset  Disposition
               will be for all purposes of the  Indenture and the 7.25% Notes as
               a new Asset  Disposition  at the time of such  reduction with Net
               Available Proceeds equal to the amount of such reduction.

"Offer to Purchase"  means a written  offer (the "Offer") sent by the Company by
first class mail, postage prepaid,  to each holder of 7.25% Notes at its address
appearing  in the  7.25%  Note  Register  on the date of the Offer  offering  to
purchase up to the  principal  amount of 7.25% Notes  specified in such Offer at
the  purchase  price  specified  in such Offer (as  determined  pursuant  to the
Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify
an expiration date (the "Expiration  Date") of the Offer to Purchase which shall
be,  subject to any contrary  requirements  of applicable  law, not less than 30
days or more than 60 days  after the date of such  Offer and a  settlement  date
(the  "Purchase  Date") for  purchase of 7.25% Notes within five  Business  Days
after the  Expiration  Date.  The Company  shall  notify the Trustee at least 15
Business Days (or such shorter  period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to
the  mailing  of the  Offer  of the  Company's  obligation  to make an  Offer to
Purchase,  and the Offer  shall be mailed by the  Company  or, at the  Company's
request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer
shall  contain  information  concerning  the  business  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries  which the Company in good faith  believes will enable such holders
to make an informed  decision with respect to the Offer to Purchase  (which at a
minimum will include

        (i)    the most recent annual and  quarterly  financial  statements  and
               "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
               Results of Operations"  contained in the documents required to be
               filed  with  the  Trustee   pursuant  to  the  Indenture   (which
               requirements  may be  satisfied  by  delivery  of such  documents
               together with the Offer),

        (ii)   a description of material  developments in the Company's business
               subsequent to the date of the latest of such financial statements
               referred to in clause (i)  (including a description of the events
               requiring the Company to make the Offer to Purchase),

        (iii)  if  applicable,   appropriate  pro  forma  financial  information
               concerning  the Offer to Purchase  and the events  requiring  the
               Company to make the Offer to Purchase and

        (iv) any other information required by applicable law to be included).

The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials  necessary to enable such
holders to tender 7.25% Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall
also state:

        a.     the  Section  of the  Indenture  pursuant  to which  the Offer to
               Purchase is being made;

        b.     the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

        c.     the aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding  7.25% Notes
               offered to be purchased  by the Company  pursuant to the Offer to
               Purchase (including,  if less than 100%, the manner by which such
               has been determined  pursuant to the section  requiring the Offer
               to Purchase) (the "Purchase Amount");


<PAGE>



        d.     the  purchase  price to be paid by the  Company  for each  $1,000
               aggregate  principal  amount of 7.25% Notes  accepted for payment
               (as specified pursuant to the Indenture) (the "Purchase Price");

        e.     that the holder may tender all or any  portion of the 7.25% Notes
               registered  in the name of such  holder and that any portion of a
               7.25% Note tendered  must be tendered in an integral  multiple of
               $1,000 principal amount;

        f.     the place or places where 7.25% Notes are to be  surrendered  for
               tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

        g.     that any 7.25% Notes not tendered or tendered  but not  purchased
               by the Company will continue to accrue interest;

        h.     that on the Purchase Date the Purchase  Price will become due and
               payable upon each 7.25% Note being accepted for payment  pursuant
               to the Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon, if any, shall
               cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date;

        i.     that each holder  electing to tender a 7.25% Note pursuant to the
               Offer to Purchase  will be required to surrender  such 7.25% Note
               at the place or places  specified in the Offer prior to the close
               of business on the Expiration Date (such 7.25% Note being, if the
               Company  or  the  Trustee  so  requires,  duly  endorsed  by,  or
               accompanied   by  a  written   instrument  of  transfer  in  form
               satisfactory  to the Company and the Trustee  duly signed by, the
               holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

        j.     that  holders  will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of
               7.25%  Notes  tendered if the  Company  (or their  Paying  Agent)
               receives,  not later than the close of business on the Expiration
               Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
               forth the name of the holder,  the principal  amount of the 7.25%
               Note the holder  tendered,  the  certificate  number of the 7.25%
               Note the holder  tendered  and a  statement  that such  holder is
               withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

        k.     that (a) if 7.25%  Notes in an  aggregate  principal  amount less
               than or equal to the  Purchase  Amount are duly  tendered and not
               withdrawn  pursuant to the Offer to Purchase,  the Company  shall
               purchase  all  such  7.25%  Notes  and (b) if  7.25%  Notes in an
               aggregate  principal amount at maturity in excess of the Purchase
               Amount are  tendered and not  withdrawn  pursuant to the Offer to
               Purchase, the Company shall purchase
               7.25% Notes  having an  aggregate  principal  amount equal to the
               Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may
               be deemed  appropriate so that only 7.25% Notes in  denominations
               of $1,000 or integral multiples shall be purchased); and

        l.     that in the case of any holder whose 7.25% Note is purchased only
               in  part,   the  Company  shall  sign,   and  the  Trustee  shall
               authenticate and deliver to the holder of such 7.25% Note without
               service  charge,  a  new  7.25%  Note  or  7.25%  Notes,  of  any
               authorized  denomination  as  requested  by  such  holder,  in an
               aggregate  principal  amount at maturity equal to and in exchange
               for the  unpurchased  portion of the 7.25% Note so tendered.  Any
               Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance
               with the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.



<PAGE>


"Officers'  Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the board
of directors of the  Company,  a Vice  Chairman of the board of directors of the
Company, the President or a Vice President,  and by the Chief Financial Officer,
the Chief  Accounting  Officer,  the  Treasurer,  an  Assistant  Treasurer,  the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee,
which shall comply with the Indenture.

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion of counsel  acceptable to the Trustee (who
may be counsel to the Company, including an employee of the Company).

"Permitted  Holders" means any Person who was the  beneficial  owner (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange  Act) of stock of the Company on March
31,  1997 and any  Affiliates  of such  Person (i) who were  Affiliates  of such
Person on March 31, 1997 or (ii) who were formed, directly or indirectly, by any
such Person  after  March 31,  1997  provided,  however,  that  Persons who were
beneficial  owners  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of
such Person on March 31, 1997  continued  to be  beneficial  owners  (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange  Act) at the time of formation of such
Affiliate.

"Permitted Interest Rate or Currency  Protection  Agreement" of any Person means
any Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement entered into with one or more
financial  institutions  in the ordinary  course of business that is designed to
protect such Person against  fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange
rates with respect to Debt  Incurred  and which shall have a notional  amount no
greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged  thereby and
not for purposes of speculation.

"Permitted  Investments" means

        (a)    Cash Equivalents;

        (b)    Investments in prepaid expenses,  negotiable instruments held for
               collection   and  lease,   utility  and  workers'   compensation,
               performance and other similar deposits;

        (c)    loans,   advances  or  extensions  of  credit  to  employees  and
               directors made in the ordinary  course of business and consistent
               with past practice;

        (d)    obligations   under   Interest   Rate  or   Currency   Protection
               Agreements;

        (e)    bonds,  notes,  debentures  and other  securities  received  as a
               result of Asset  Dispositions  pursuant to and in compliance with
               "--Limitation on Asset Dispositions";

        (f)    Investments  made in the  ordinary  course of business as partial
               payment   for    constructing    a   network    relating   to   a
               Telecommunications Business;

        (g)    commercially reasonable extensions of trade credit;

        (h)    Investments  in any  Person  as a  result  of which  such  Person
               becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

        (i)    Investments in Permitted  Joint  Ventures in an aggregate  amount
               not to exceed $25 million;

        (j)    Investments  in  Affiliates  or Related  Persons in an  aggregate
               amount not to exceed  $11  million,  provided  that the making of
               such Investments is permitted under "--Transactions with


<PAGE>



               Affiliates and Related Persons"; and

        (k)    Investments  in an  aggregate  amount not to exceed  $15  million
               consisting of the  contribution  by the Company or any Restricted
               Subsidiary of assets located in Mexico to joint ventures in which
               the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an interest.

"Permitted Joint Venture" means a corporation, partnership or other entity other
than  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  engaged  in  one  or  more   Telecommunications
Businesses  over which the Company and/or one or more Strategic  Investors have,
directly  or  indirectly,  the  power to direct  the  policies,  management  and
affairs.

"Permitted Liens" means

        (a)    Liens for taxes,  assessments,  governmental  charges,  levies or
               claims which are not yet delinquent or which are being  contested
               in good faith by appropriate  proceedings,  if a reserve or other
               appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity
               with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  shall have been
               made therefor;

        (b)    other Liens  incidental  to the conduct of the  Company's and its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries'  businesses  or  the  ownership  of its
               property and assets not  securing  any Debt,  and which do not in
               the aggregate  materially detract from the value of the Company's
               and its Restricted Subsidiaries' property or assets when taken as
               a whole,  or materially  impair the use of the property or assets
               in the operation of its business;

        (c)    Liens with respect to assets of a Restricted  Subsidiary  granted
               by such  Restricted  Subsidiary  to the  Company or a  Restricted
               Subsidiary to secure Debt owing to the Company or such Restricted
               Subsidiary;

        (d)    Liens,  pledges  and  deposits  made in the  ordinary  course  of
               business in connection with workers'  compensation,  unemployment
               insurance and other types of statutory obligations;

        (e)    Liens,  pledges or  deposits  made to secure the  performance  of
               tenders, bids, leases, public or statutory obligations, sureties,
               stays, appeals,  indemnities,  performance or other similar bonds
               and other  obligations  of like nature  Incurred in the  ordinary
               course of business  (exclusive of obligations  for the payment of
               borrowed money);

        (f)    zoning  restrictions,   servitudes,   easements,   rights-of-way,
               restrictions  and other similar charges or encumbrances  Incurred
               in the ordinary course of business  which,  in the aggregate,  do
               not  materially  detract from the value of the  property  subject
               thereto or materially  interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
               business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

        (g)    Liens  arising out of judgments or awards  against or other court
               proceedings  concerning the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary
               with respect to which the Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary
               is prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review and the Company
               or such Restricted Subsidiary is maintaining adequate reserves in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

        (h)    any interest or title of a lessor in the property  subject to any
               lease other than a Capital Lease.


<PAGE>




"Permitted  Telecommunications  Capital Asset  Disposition"  means the transfer,
conveyance,  sale,  lease or other  disposition  of a  capital  asset  that is a
Telecommunications  Asset (including fiber, conduit and related equipment),  (i)
the proceeds of which are treated as revenues by the Company in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting  principles and (ii) that, in the case of the sale
of fiber,  would not  result in the  Company  retaining  less than 24 fibers per
route mile on any segment of the Company's network.

"Person"  means  any  individual,   corporation,   partnership,  joint  venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or agency or political subdivision or any other entity.

"Preferred  Dividends"  for  any  Person  means  for  any  period  the  quotient
determined by dividing the amount of dividends and distributions paid or accrued
(whether or not  declared) on Preferred  Stock of such Person during such period
calculated in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  by 1
minus the  maximum  statutory  income tax rate then  applicable  to the  Company
(expressed as a decimal).

"Preferred  Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any class
or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends
or  as  to  the  distribution  of  assets  upon  any  voluntary  or  involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up of such  Person,  to shares of Capital
Stock of any other class of such Person.

"Public Equity  Offering" means an underwritten  public offering of common stock
made on a primary  basis by the  Company  pursuant to a  registration  statement
filed with,  and declared  effective by, the  Commission in accordance  with the
Securities Act.

"Purchase  Money Debt"  means Debt  Incurred at any time within 270 days of, and
for the purposes of financing all or any part of the cost of, the  construction,
installation,  acquisition  or  improvement  by the  Company  or any  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the  Company of any new  Telecommunications  Assets  constructed,
installed, acquired or improved after March 31, 1997, provided that the proceeds
of such Debt are expended for such purposes within such 270-day period.

"Rating Agencies" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor to its
rating agency  business) and Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Service,  a division of
McGraw Hill, Inc. (or any successor to its rating agency business).

"Rating  Decline" means the 7.25% Notes cease to be rated B+ (or the equivalent)
or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc.
 or B2 (or the  equivalent) or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Receivables"  means  receivables,  chattel  paper,  instruments,  documents  or
intangibles  evidencing or relating to the right to payment of money,  excluding
allowances for doubtful accounts.

"Receivables  Sale" of any Person means any sale of  Receivables  of such Person
(pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise),  other than in connection with a
disposition  of the business  operations  of such Person  relating  thereto or a
disposition  of defaulted  Receivables  for purposes of collection  and not as a
financing arrangement.

"Related  Person" of any Person  means any other Person  directly or  indirectly
owning (a) 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of such Person (or, in the
case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of the outstanding equity
interest in such  Person) or (b) 5% or more of the combined  outstanding  voting
power of the Voting Stock of such Person.



<PAGE>




"Restricted  Subsidiary"  means a Subsidiary of the Company,  or of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Company,  that has not been
designated  by the board of  directors  of the  Company  (by a board  resolution
delivered  to the  Trustee)  as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  pursuant to and in
compliance with "--Limitations on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries."

"Restricted   Subsidiary  Guarantee"  means  a  supplemental  indenture  to  the
Indenture in form  satisfactory to the Trustee,  providing for an  unconditional
Guarantee of payment in full of the principal of, premium,  if any, and interest
on the  7.25%  Notes.  Any such  Restricted  Subsidiary  Guarantee  shall not be
subordinate  in  right  of  payment  to any  Debt of the  Restricted  Subsidiary
providing the Restricted Subsidiary Guarantee.

"Sale and Leaseback  Transaction"  of any Person means an  arrangement  with any
lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party  providing for
the  leasing by such Person of any  property  or asset of such Person  which has
been or is being sold or transferred by such Person more than 365 days after the
acquisition or the completion of  construction  or  commencement of operation to
such  lender or  investor  or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be
advanced by such lender or investor on the  security of such  property or asset.
The stated maturity of such arrangement shall be the date of the last payment of
rent or any other amount due under such  arrangement  prior to the first date on
which such  arrangement  may be  terminated by the lessee  without  payment of a
penalty.

"Senior  Note  Indentures"  means (i) the  Indenture  dated as of March 31, 1997
between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee  thereunder,  relating
to the  Company's  10 7/8%  Senior  Notes  Due  2007  (which  were  subsequently
exchanged  for the  Company's  10 7/8%  Series B Senior  Notes Due 2007) and the
Indenture  dated as of August 28, 1997,  pursuant to which such 10 7/8% Series B
Senior Notes Due 2007 were issued,  (ii) the  Indenture  dated as of October 15,
1997  between  the Company and Bankers  Trust  Company,  as trustee  thereunder,
relating to the Company's 9.47% Series B Senior  Discount Notes Due 2007,  (iii)
the Indenture dated as of January 29, 1998 between the Company and Bankers Trust
Company, as trustee thereunder,  relating to the Company's 8.29% Series B Senior
Discount  Notes Due 2008 and (iv) the  Indenture,  dated as of November 4, 1998,
between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee  thereunder,  relating
to the Company's 7.50% Notes. .

"Stated  Maturity," when used with respect to a 7.25% Note or any installment of
interest thereon,  means the date specified in such 7.25% Note as the fixed date
on which the principal of such 7.25% Note or such installment of interest is due
and payable.

"Strategic Investor" means a corporation, partnership or other entity engaged in
one or more Telecommunications Businesses that has, or 80% or more of the Voting
Stock of which is owned by a Person that has, an equity  market  capitalization,
at the time of its initial  Investment  in the  Company or in a Permitted  Joint
Venture with the Company, in excess of $2 billion.

"Subordinated  Debt"  means  Debt of the  Company  as to which  the  payment  of
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and other payment obligations in
respect of such Debt shall be  subordinate  to the prior  payment in full of the
7.25% Notes to at least the following extent:

        (i)    no payments of principal  of (or premium,  if any) or interest on
               or otherwise  due in respect of such Debt may be permitted for so
               long as any default in the payment of principal  (or premium,  if
               any) or interest on the 7.25% Notes exists;


<PAGE>



        (ii)   if any other Default exists with respect to the 7.25% Notes, upon
               notice by 25% or more in  principal  amount of the 7.25% Notes to
               the Trustee,  the Trustee  shall have the right to give notice to
               the Company  and the holders of such Debt (or  trustees or agents
               therefor) of a payment  blockage,  and  thereafter no payments of
               principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due
               in respect of such Debt may be made for a period of 179 days from
               the date of such notice; and

        (iii)  the Debt may not

               (x) provide for  payments of principal of such Debt at the stated
               maturity or by way of a sinking fund applicable thereto or by way
               of any mandatory redemption, defeasance, retirement or repurchase
               of the Debt by the Company (including any redemption,  retirement
               or repurchase  which is contingent  upon events or  circumstances
               but excluding any retirement  required by virtue of  acceleration
               of such Debt upon an event of default  thereunder),  in each case
               prior to the final Stated Maturity of the 7.25% Notes or

               (y) permit redemption or other retirement  (including pursuant to
               an offer to purchase  made by the  Company) of such other Debt at
               the option of the holder  prior to the final  Stated  Maturity of
               the 7.25% Notes,  other than a redemption or other  retirement at
               the option of the holder of such Debt  (including  pursuant to an
               offer to purchase made by the Company) which is conditioned  upon
               a  change  of  control  of the  Company  pursuant  to  provisions
               substantially  similar  to those  described  under  "--Change  of
               Control"  (and  which  shall  provide  that such Debt will not be
               repurchased  pursuant to such  provisions  prior to the Company's
               repurchase of the 7.25% Notes  required to be  repurchased by the
               Company  pursuant to the provisions  described under "--Change of
               Control").

"Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the combined
voting  power of the  outstanding  Voting  Stock of which is owned,  directly or
indirectly,  by the Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Person or
by the  Person  and one or more  Subsidiaries  of the  Person  or (ii) any other
Person  (other than a  corporation)  in which the  Person,  or one or more other
Subsidiaries of such Person or the Person and one or more other  Subsidiaries of
the Person, directly or indirectly,  has at least a majority ownership and power
to direct the policies, management and affairs of the Person.

"Telecommunications  Assets" means all assets, rights (contractual or otherwise)
and  properties,  whether  tangible or  intangible,  used or intended for use in
connection with a Telecommunications Business.

"Telecommunications  Business"  means  the  business  of  (i)  transmitting,  or
providing services relating to the transmission of, voice, video or data through
owned or leased transmission facilities, (ii) constructing, creating, developing
or  marketing  communications  related  network  equipment,  software  and other
devices  for  use  in  a   telecommunications   business  or  (iii)  evaluating,
participating  or pursuing any other activity or  opportunity  that is primarily
related  to  those   identified  in  (i)  or  (ii)  above;   provided  that  the
determination of what constitutes a Telecommunications Business shall be made in
good faith by the board of directors of the Company.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company designated as such
pursuant to and in compliance with "--Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries."



<PAGE>



"Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily
has voting power for the election of directors  (or persons  performing  similar
functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only for so long as no senior
class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of
the outstanding Voting Stock or other ownership interests (other than directors'
qualifying  shares) of which shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one
or more Wholly  Owned  Subsidiaries  of such Person or by such Person and one or
more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Events of Default

The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture:

        (a)    failure to pay  principal of (or  premium,  if any, on) any 7.25%
               Note when due;

        (b)    failure to pay any interest on any 7.25% Note when due, continued
               for 30 days;

        (c)default in the  payment of  principal  and  interest  on 7.25%  Notes
               required  to be  purchased  pursuant  to an Offer to  Purchase as
               described under "--Change of Control" when due and payable;

        (d)    failure to perform or comply with the provisions  described under
               "--Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets" and
               "--Limitation on Asset Dispositions";

        (e)    failure to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Company
               under the  Indenture  or the 7.25%  Notes  continued  for 60 days
               after written  notice to the Company by the Trustee or holders of
               at least 25% in  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding
               7.25% Notes;

        (f)    default under the terms of any instrument  evidencing or securing
               Debt  of the  Company  or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  having  an
               outstanding  principal  amount of $10 million  individually or in
               the aggregate  which default  results in the  acceleration of the
               payment of such  indebtedness  or constitutes  the failure to pay
               such  indebtedness  when due (after  expiration of any applicable
               grace period);

        (g)    the  rendering of a final  judgment or judgments  (not subject to
               appeal)  against the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary in an
               amount in excess of $10 million  which  remains  undischarged  or
               unstayed  for a period  of 45 days  after  the date on which  the
               right to appeal has expired; and

        (h)    certain  events  of  bankruptcy,   insolvency  or  reorganization
               affecting the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee
in case an Event of Default  (as  defined)  shall occur and be  continuing,  the
Trustee will not be under any obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under the  Indenture  at the request or direction of any of the holders of 7.25%
Notes,  unless  such  holders  shall  have  offered  to the  Trustee  reasonable
indemnity.  Subject to such provisions for the  indemnification  of the Trustee,
the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 7.25%
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or


<PAGE>



power conferred on the Trustee.

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default  described in clause (h)
above)  shall occur and be  continuing,  either the Trustee or the holders of at
least 25% in aggregate  principal  amount at maturity of the  outstanding  7.25%
Notes may accelerate the maturity of all 7.25% Notes;  provided,  however,  that
after such acceleration,  but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration,
the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 7.25%
Notes may, under certain  circumstances,  rescind and annul such acceleration if
all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal, have
been  cured or waived  as  provided  in the  Indenture.  If an Event of  Default
specified  in clause (h) above  occurs,  the  outstanding  7.25% Notes will ipso
facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on
the part of the Trustee or any holder. For information as to waiver of defaults,
see "--Amendment, Supplement and Waiver."

No holder of any 7.25% Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder,  unless such holder shall
have  previously  given to the Trustee  written notice of a continuing  Event of
Default (as  defined)  and unless also the holders of at least 25% in  aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding  7.25% Notes shall have made written request
and offered reasonable  indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as
trustee,  and the Trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority
in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  outstanding  7.25%  Notes a  direction
inconsistent  with  such  request  and  shall  have  failed  to  institute  such
proceeding  within 60 days.  However,  such  limitations  do not apply to a suit
instituted  by a  holder  of a 7.25%  Note for  enforcement  of  payment  of the
principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such 7.25% Note on or after the
respective due dates  expressed in such 7.25% Note. The Company will be required
to furnish to the Trustee  quarterly a statement  as to the  performance  by the
Company of certain of its obligations  under the Indenture and as to any default
in such performance.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

The  Company and the  Trustee  may,  at any time and from time to time,  without
notice to or  consent  of any  holder  of 7.25%  Notes,  enter  into one or more
indentures supplemental to the Indenture 75

        (1)    to evidence the  succession of another  Person to the Company and
               the  assumption by such successor of the covenants of the Company
               in the Indenture and the 7.25% Notes;

        (2)    to add to the  covenants of the  Company,  for the benefit of the
               holders,  or to surrender any right or power  conferred  upon the
               Company by the Indenture;

        (3) to add any additional Events of Default;

        (4)    to provide  for  uncertificated  7.25% Notes in addition to or in
               place of certificated 7.25% Notes;

        (5)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of  appointment  under
               the Indenture of a successor Trustee;

        (6)    to secure the 7.25% Notes;  or

        (7)    to cure any  ambiguity in the  Indenture to correct or supplement
               any provision in the Indenture which may be inconsistent with any
               other  provision in the Indenture or to add any other  provisions
               with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture;


<PAGE>



provided such actions shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders in
any  material  respect.  With the  consent  of the  holders  of not less  than a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding 7.25% Notes, the Company and the
Trustee may enter into one or more indentures  supplemental to the Indenture for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the  provisions of the Indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of
the holders,  provided that no such  supplemental  indenture shall,  without the
consent of the holder of each outstanding 7.25% Note

               (1)  change  the  Stated  Maturity  of the  principal  of, or any
               installment  of  interest  on,  any  7.25%  Note,  or  alter  the
               redemption  provisions of the 7.25% Note, or reduce the principal
               amount of the 7.25% Note (or  premium,  if any),  or the interest
               thereon that would be due and payable upon  maturity of the 7.25%
               Note,  or  change  the  place of  payment  where,  or the coin or
               currency  in which,  any 7.25% Note or any  premium  or  interest
               thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the
               enforcement  of any such  payment on or after the maturity of the
               7.25% Note;

               (2) reduce the percentage in principal  amount of the outstanding
               7.25% Notes,  the consent of whose  holders is necessary  for any
               such  supplemental  indenture  or  required  for  any  waiver  of
               compliance  with certain  provisions  of the Indenture or certain
               Defaults thereunder;

               (3)  subordinate in right of payment,  or otherwise  subordinate,
               the 7.25% Notes to any other Debt; or

               (4) modify any  provision of this  paragraph  (except to increase
               any percentage set forth in this paragraph).

The holders of not less than a majority in principal  amount of the  outstanding
7.25% Notes may, on behalf of the holders of all the 7.25% Notes, waive any past
Default  under the  Indenture and its  consequences,  except  Default (1) in the
payment of the principal of (or premium,  if any) or interest on any 7.25% Note,
or (2) in respect of a covenant  or  provision  which  under the  proviso to the
prior paragraph  cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder
of each outstanding 7.25% Note affected.

Satisfaction and Discharge of the Indenture, Defeasance

The Company may terminate its  obligations  under the Indenture  when

        (i)    either

               (A) all  outstanding  7.25%  Notes  have  been  delivered  to the
               Trustee for cancellation or

               (B) all such 7.25% Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
               for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and
               payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within
               one  year  under  irrevocable  arrangements  satisfactory  to the
               Trustee for the giving of notice of  redemption by the Trustee in
               the name and at the expense of the  Company,  and the Company has
               irrevocably  deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
               funds in an amount  sufficient  to pay and  discharge  the entire
               indebtedness on the 7.25% Notes not theretofore  delivered to the
               Trustee for cancellation,  for principal of (or premium,  if any,
               on) and  interest  to the date of deposit or  maturity or date of
               redemption on such 7.25% Notes;


<PAGE>





        (ii)   the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums  payable
               by the Company under the Indenture; and

        (iii)  the Company has delivered an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion
               of Counsel  relating to compliance  with the conditions set forth
               in the Indenture.

The Company,  at its election,  shall

        (a)    be deemed to have paid and discharged its debt on the 7.25% Notes
               and the Indenture  shall cease to be of further  effect as to all
               outstanding  7.25% Notes (except as to (i) rights of registration
               of  transfer,  substitution  and  exchange of 7.25% Notes and the
               Company's right of optional redemption, (ii) rights of holders to
               receive  payments of principal of, premium,  if any, and interest
               on such 7.25% Notes (but not the Purchase Price referred to under
               "--Change of Control") and any rights of the holders with respect
               to such amounts, (iii) the rights,  obligations and immunities of
               the Trustee under the Indenture and (iv) certain other  specified
               provisions in the Indenture) or

        (b)    cease  to  be  under  any   obligation  to  comply  with  certain
               restrictive  covenants including those described under "--Certain
               Covenants," after the irrevocable deposit by the Company with the
               Trustee,  in trust for the  benefit of the  holders,  at any time
               prior to the maturity of the 7.25% Notes, of

               (A) money in an amount,

               (B) Government  Securities  which through the payment of interest
               and principal will provide, not later than one day before the due
               date of  payment  in  respect  of the  7.25%  Notes,  money in an
               amount, or

               (C) a combination,  sufficient to pay and discharge the principal
               of, and  interest  on, the 7.25%  Notes then  outstanding  on the
               dates on which any such payments are due in  accordance  with the
               terms of the Indenture and of the 7.25% Notes.

Such defeasance or covenant  defeasance shall be deemed to occur only if certain
conditions are satisfied, including, among other things, delivery by the Company
to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel  acceptable to the Trustee to the effect
that (i) such deposit,  defeasance and discharge  will not be deemed,  or result
in, a taxable event for federal income tax purposes with respect to the holders;
and (ii) the Company's deposit will not result in the Trust or the Trustee being
subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Governing Law

The  Indenture  and the 7.25% Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of
New York.

The Trustee

Bankers  Trust  Company will be the Trustee  under the  Indenture and the Senior
Note Indentures.  The Trustee's current address is Four Albany Street, New York,
New York 10006.  The holders of not less than a majority in principal  amount of
the outstanding  7.25% Notes will have the right to direct the time,  method and
place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the


<PAGE>



Trustee,  subject to certain  exceptions.  Except during the  continuance  of an
Event of Default,  the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically
set forth in the  Indenture.  The  Indenture  provides  that in case an Event of
Default  shall occur (which  shall not be cured or waived),  the Trustee will be
required,  in the exercise of its rights and powers under the Indenture,  to use
the  degree of care of a prudent  person in the  conduct  of such  person's  own
affairs.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director,  officer, employee,  incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as
such,  shall have any  liability  for any  obligations  of the Company under the
7.25%  Notes or the  Indenture  or for any claim  based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation, solely by reason of its status as
a director,  officer,  employee,  incorporator or stockholder of the Company. By
accepting a 7.25% Note each holder waives and releases all such  liability  (but
only such liability).  The waiver and release are part of the  consideration for
issuance of the 7.25% Notes.  Nevertheless,  such waiver may not be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal  securities laws and it has been the view of
the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange 7.25% Notes in accordance  with the Indenture.
The Company,  the  Registrar  and the Trustee may require a holder,  among other
things,  to furnish  appropriate  endorsements  and transfer  documents  and the
Company  may  require  a holder to pay any  taxes  and fees  required  by law or
permitted by the Indenture.


EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Company has entered into a  registration  rights  agreement with the initial
purchaser (the "Registration  Agreement")  pursuant to which the Company agreed,
for the benefit of the holders of the old 7.25% notes,  at the  Company's  cost,
(a) by February 25, 1999,  to file a  registration  statement  (a  "Registration
Statement")  with the Commission with respect to a registered  offer to exchange
the old 7.25%  notes for the new 7.25%  notes,  (b) to use its best  efforts  to
cause such Registration  Statement to be declared effective under the Securities
Act by April 26, 1999, and (c) to consummate the Exchange Offer by May 26, 1999.
For each old 7.25% note  surrendered  to the Company  pursuant  to the  Exchange
Offer,  the holder of such old 7.25% note will receive a new 7.25% note having a
principal amount at maturity equal to that of the surrendered old 7.25% note.

Based upon  no-action  letters  issued by the staff of the  Commission  to third
parties,  the Company  believes that the new 7.25% notes issued  pursuant to the
Exchange  Offer in  exchange  for old 7.25%  notes  would in  general  be freely
transferable  after the exchange offer without  further  registration  under the
Securities  Act if the holder of the new 7.25% notes  represents  (i) that it is
not an  "affiliate,"  as  defined  in Rule  405 of the  Securities  Act,  of the
Company, (ii) that it is acquiring the new 7.25% notes in the ordinary course of
its  business and (iii) that it has no  arrangement  or  understanding  with any
person to participate in the distribution  (within the meaning of the Securities
Act) of the new 7.25% notes;  provided  that, in the case of  broker-dealers,  a
prospectus  meeting the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act be  delivered  as
required.  However,  the Commission has not considered the exchange offer in the
context of a no-action  letter and there can be no  assurance  that the staff of
the Commission would make a similar  determination  with respect to the exchange
offer as in such  other  circumstances.  Holders of old 7.25%  notes  wishing to
accept the exchange offer must represent


<PAGE>



to the Company  that such  conditions  have been met.  Each  broker-dealer  that
receives  new 7.25% notes for its own account  pursuant to the  exchange  offer,
where it acquired the old 7.25% notes exchanged for such new 7.25% notes for its
own account as a result of  market-making  or other trading  activities,  may be
deemed to be an "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities Act and must
acknowledge  that it will deliver a prospectus in connection  with the resale of
such new 7.25% notes. The letter of transmittal  states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it  is  an  "underwriter"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Securities  Act.  This
prospectus,  as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a  broker-dealer  in connection  with resales of new 7.25% notes  received in
exchange  for old 7.25% notes  where such old 7.25% notes were  acquired by such
broker-dealer  as  a  result  of  market-making   activities  or  other  trading
activities.  The Company has agreed that, for a period of one year after closing
of  the  exchange  offer,  it  will  make  this  prospectus   available  to  any
broker-dealer  for use in connection with any such resale. A broker-dealer  that
delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be
subject to certain of the civil liability  provisions  under the Securities Act,
and will be bound by the  provisions of the  Registration  Agreement  (including
certain  indemnification  and  contribution  rights and  obligations).  See "The
Exchange Offer--Resale of the New 7.25% Notes" and "Plan of Distribution."

Each holder of the old 7.25% notes  (other than certain  specified  holders) who
wishes to exchange  old 7.25% notes for new 7.25%  notes in the  exchange  offer
will be required to represent that

        (a) it is not an affiliate of the Company,

        (b)    any new 7.25%  notes to be received by it will be acquired in the
               ordinary course of its business and

        (c)    at the time of  commencement  of the  Exchange  Offer,  it has no
               arrangement  with any person to participate  in the  distribution
               (within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act) of the new  7.25%
               notes.  If  the  holder  is  a  broker-dealer  (a  "Participating
               Broker-Dealer")  who  acquired  the old  7.25%  notes for its own
               account as a result of market-making or other trading activities,
               it may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
               Securities Act and will be required to  acknowledge  that it must
               deliver a prospectus  meeting the  requirements of the Securities
               Act in  connection  with any resale of such new 7.25% notes.  The
               Commission   has   taken   the   position   that    Participating
               Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements
               with  respect to the new 7.25%  notes  (other than a resale of an
               unsold  allotment  from the original sale of the old 7.25% notes)
               with the prospectus  contained in the exchange offer Registration
               Statement.  Under the  Registration  Agreement,  the  Company  is
               required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons,
               if any, subject to similar  prospectus  delivery  requirements to
               use the prospectus  contained in the exchange offer  Registration
               Statement in connection with the resale of such new 7.25% notes.

  If,

        (i)    because of any change in law or applicable interpretations by the
               Commission's  staff,  the Company  determines  upon advice of its
               outside  counsel that it is not  permitted to effect the exchange
               offer as contemplated by the Registration Agreement, or

        (ii)   for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated within
               180 days of the closing date of the old 7.25% notes, or


<PAGE>



        (iii)  the initial purchaser so requests with respect to old 7.25% notes
               held by it following closing of the exchange offer, or

        (iv)   any holder of old 7.25% notes  (other than the initial  purchaser
               of the old 7.25%  notes) is not  eligible to  participate  in the
               Exchange Offer or

        (v)    if the initial  purchaser  participates  in the exchange offer or
               acquires  new  7.25%  notes  issued  and  delivered  to it by the
               Company in exchange for old 7.25% notes,  such purchaser does not
               receive  freely  tradeable  new 7.25% notes in  exchange  for old
               7.25% notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment,

the Company  will,  at its cost,

               (a)  as  promptly  as  practicable,  file  a  shelf  registration
               statement (a "Shelf Registration  Statement") with the Commission
               relating  to the offer and sale of the old 7.25% notes or the new
               7.25% notes,

               (b)  cause  such  Shelf  Registration  Statement  to be  declared
               effective under the Securities Act and

               (c)  use  its  best  efforts  to  keep  such  Shelf  Registration
               Statement  continuously  effective under the Securities Act for a
               period of three years or such shorter  period that will terminate
               when all the old 7.25% notes or new 7.25% notes,  as  applicable,
               covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold.

The Company  will, in the event of filing such a Shelf  Registration  Statement,
provide to each holder of the old 7.25% notes copies of the prospectus that is a
part of such Shelf  Registration  Statement,  notify  each such holder when such
Shelf  Registration  Statement  for the old 7.25%  notes has been filed with the
Commission  and when such Shelf  Registration  Statement  or any  post-effective
amendment  thereto has become  effective  and take certain  other actions as are
required to permit  unrestricted  resales of the 7.25% Notes.  A holder of 7.25%
Notes that sells such 7.25%  Notes  pursuant to a Shelf  Registration  Statement
generally  will be  required  to be named as a  selling  security  holder in the
related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to
certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection
with  such  sales  and  will be  bound  by the  provisions  of the  Registration
Agreement   which  are   applicable   to  such  a  holder   (including   certain
indemnification and contribution rights and obligations).

The old 7.25% notes  provide  that if

        (i)    the Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission
               within 90 days after the  closing  date of the old 7.25% notes or
               declared  effective within 150 days after the closing date of the
               old 7.25% notes,  or the exchange offer has not been  consummated
               within 180 days after the closing date of the old 7.25% notes or

        (ii)   instead, the Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with
               the Commission and declared  effective  within 210 days after the
               closing date of the old 7.25% notes or

        (iii)  after either the Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration
               Statement has been declared  effective,  as the case may be, such
               Registration  Statement  thereafter  ceases  to be  effective  or
               usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with resales
               of old 7.25% notes or new 7.25% notes in accordance with and


<PAGE>



               during the periods specified in the Registration  Agreement (each
               such  event   referred  to  in  clauses  (i)  through   (iii),  a
               "Registration Default"),

additional interest  ("Liquidated  Interest") will accrue on the old 7.25% notes
(in addition to the stated  interest on the old 7.25% notes) from and  including
the date on which any such Registration  Default shall occur up to but excluding
the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Liquidated Interest
will be payable in cash  semiannually in arrears each November 1 and May 1, at a
rate per annum  equal to 0.50% of the  principal  amount of the old 7.25%  notes
during  the  90-day  period   immediately   following  the   occurrence  of  any
Registration  Default  and shall  increase  by 0.25% per annum of the  principal
amount of the old 7.25% notes at the end of each subsequent  90-day period,  but
in no event shall such rates exceed 2.00% per annum in the aggregate  regardless
of the number of Registration Defaults.

The  summary  in this  prospectus  of  certain  provisions  of the  Registration
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration  Agreement,
a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  of which
this prospectus is a part.


                       DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

In March 1997,  the Company sold $250.0  million in  principal  amount of its 10
7/8% Senior  Notes Due 2007 (the "10 7/8% Notes") and used the proceeds to repay
certain  indebtedness of the Company and also to fund capital  expenditures  for
the  construction  and  activation  of the  Company's  network.  The  Company is
amortizing  issuance costs totaling  approximately $8.0 million over the term of
the 10 7/8%  Notes.  Interest on the 10 7/8% Notes is payable  semi-annually  on
April 1 and  October 1 of each year,  beginning  on  October  1,  1997,  and the
principal  amount of the 10 7/8%  Notes is due and  payable  in full on April 1,
2007. The 10 7/8% Note Indenture  contains  certain  covenants that, among other
things,  limit the ability of the Company and certain of its  subsidiaries  (the
"Restricted  Subsidiaries") to incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred
stock, pay dividends or make other  distributions,  repurchase  capital stock or
subordinated indebtedness, create certain liens, enter into certain transactions
with  affiliates,  sell  assets of the Company or its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,
issue or sell capital stock of the Company's  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or enter
into certain  mergers and  consolidations.  In addition,  under certain  limited
circumstances,  the Company  will be  required to offer to purchase  the 10 7/8%
Notes at a price equal to 100% of the  principal  amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest  to the date of  purchase  with the excess  proceeds  of certain  asset
sales.  In the  event of a Change of  Control  (as  defined  in the 10 7/8% Note
indenture),  holders of the 10 7/8%  Notes  will have the right to  require  the
Company to  purchase  all of their 10 7/8% Notes at a price equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.  Generally,  the 10
7/8% Notes are redeemable,  at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at
stated premiums over par on or after April 1, 2002, and up to 35% of the 10 7/8%
Notes  may be  redeemed  at a  premium  over par prior to April 1, 2000 with the
proceeds of certain public stock offerings.

  In August 1997,  the Company  completed a  registered  exchange of new 10 7/8%
Notes (with terms identical in all material respects to the originally issued 10
7/8% Notes) for all of the originally  issued 10 7/8%.  The Company  received no
proceeds  from and  recognized  no profit on the  exchange  transaction,  and no
change in the  financial  condition  of the Company  occurred as a result of the
exchange  transaction.  In December 1998, the Company  redeemed $87.5 million of
its 10 7/8% Notes.



<PAGE>



  In October  1997,  the Company  sold  $555.9  million in  principal  amount at
maturity  of its 9.47%  Senior  Discount  Notes Due 2007  (the  "9.47%  Notes"),
generating  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $342.1  million,  after  deducting
offering costs which are included in intangible and other  long-term  assets and
are being  amortized to interest  expense over the term of the 9.47% Notes.  The
Company  used the net  proceeds  to fund  capital  expenditures  for  continuing
construction and activation of the Company's  network and to fund further growth
in the  business.  The  9.47%  Notes  accrete  at a rate  of  9.47%  per  annum,
compounded semi-annually,  to an aggregate principal amount of $555.9 million by
October 15, 2002. The principal  amount of the 9.47% Notes is due and payable in
full on October  15,  2007.  The 9.47%  Notes are  redeemable  at the  Company's
option,  in whole or in part,  at any time on or  after  October  15,  2002,  at
specified  redemption  prices over par. In addition,  prior to October 15, 2000,
the  Company  may  use the net  cash  proceeds  from  certain  specified  equity
transactions  to  redeem up to 35% of the 9.47%  Notes at  specified  redemption
prices over par.  Cash interest on the 9.47% Notes will not accrue until October
15, 2002, and thereafter  will accrue at a rate of 9.47% per annum,  and will be
payable  semi-annually in arrears commencing on April 15, 2003 and thereafter on
April 15 and  October  15 (each an  interest  payment  date) of each  year.  The
Company has the option of commencing the accrual of cash interest on an interest
payment  date on or  after  October  15,  2000,  in which  case the  outstanding
principal  amount at maturity of the 9.47% Notes will, on such interest  payment
date, be reduced to the then accreted  value,  and cash interest will be payable
on each  interest  payment date  thereafter.  The  indenture for the 9.47% Notes
contains certain covenants that are substantially identical to the 10 7/8% Notes
described above.

  In March 1998, the Company completed a registered  exchange of new 9.47% Notes
(with terms  identical in all material  respects to the originally  issued 9.47%
Notes) for all of the  originally  issued 9.47% Notes.  The Company  received no
proceeds  from and  recognized  no profit on the  exchange  transaction,  and no
change in the  financial  condition  of the Company  occurred as a result of the
exchange transaction.

In January 1998, the Company sold $450.5 million in principal amount at maturity
of its 8.29% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008 (the "8.29% Notes"),  generating net
proceeds of approximately  $299.2 million,  after deducting offering costs which
are included in intangible and other  long-term  assets and will be amortized to
interest  expense  over the term of the 8.29%  Notes.  The Company  used the net
proceeds to fund capital expenditures for continuing construction and activation
of the Company's  network and to fund further growth in the business.  The 8.29%
Notes  accrete at a rate of 8.29% per  annum,  compounded  semi-annually,  to an
aggregate  principal amount of $450.5 million by February 1, 2003. The principal
amount of the 8.29% Notes is due and  payable in full on  February 1, 2008.  The
8.29% Notes are redeemable at the Company's  option, in whole or in part, at any
time on or after February 1, 2003, at specified  redemption  prices over par. In
addition,  prior to February 1, 2001,  the Company may use the net cash proceeds
from  certain  specified  equity  transactions  to redeem up to 35% of the 8.29%
Notes at specified  redemption prices over par. Cash interest on the 8.29% Notes
will not accrue until February 1, 2003, and thereafter  will accrue at a rate of
8.29% per annum,  and will be payable  semi-annually  in arrears  commencing  on
August 1, 2003 and  thereafter  on  February  1 and  August 1 (each an  interest
payment date) of each year. The Company has the option of commencing the accrual
of cash  interest on an interest  payment date on or after  February 1, 2001, in
which case the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the 8.29% Notes will,
on such interest  payment date, be reduced to the then accreted value,  and cash
interest will be payable on each interest payment date thereafter. The indenture
for the 8.29% Notes contains certain covenants that are substantially  identical
to the 10 7/8% Notes and the 9.47% Notes described above.



<PAGE>



  In July 1998, the Company  completed a registered  exchange of new 8.29% Notes
(with terms  identical in all material  respects to the originally  issued 8.29%
Notes) for all of the  originally  issued 8.29% Notes.  The Company  received no
proceeds  from and  recognized  no profit on the  exchange  transaction,  and no
change in the  financial  condition  of the Company  occurred as a result of the
exchange transaction.

  In connection  with the acquisition of LCI, the Company assumed LCI's existing
debt  instruments,  including $350.0 million of 7.25% Senior Notes due 2007 (the
"7.25% Notes Due 2007").

In November 1998, the Company sold the 7.50% Notes and used the proceeds to fund
initiatives to further develop and deploy the Company's network, gain additional
market share in the traditional  telecommunications  market segment,  expand the
Qwest data market strategy and to fund general  working  capital needs.  Pending
the  application  of the net proceeds of the  offering of the 7.50%  Notes,  the
Company applied a portion of the proceeds to pay down the  outstanding  balances
under the Company's  existing  credit  facilities.  Unamortized  issuance  costs
totaling  approximately  $9.0 million are being  amortized  over the term of the
7.50% Notes.  Interest on the 7.50% Notes is payable  semi-annually on May 1 and
November 1 of each year,  commencing on May 1, 1999, and the principal amount of
the 7.50% Notes is due and payable in full on  November 1, 2008.  The  indenture
for the 7.50% Notes contains certain covenants that are substantially  identical
to the 10 7/8%  Notes,  the 9.47%  Notes and the 8.29%  Notes  described  above,
except  that  under  the  indenture  for the 7.50%  Notes,  the  Company  has no
obligation to comply with most of the covenants during any period when the 7.50%
Notes have been assigned investment grade ratings. If the 7.50% Notes later lose
an investment grade rating,  the covenants will again apply. See "Description of
the 7.50% Notes."

 In connection  with the sale of the 7.50% Notes,  the Company agreed to make an
offer to exchange new notes,  registered under the Securities Act and with terms
identical in all material  respects to the 7.50% Notes,  for the 7.50% Notes or,
alternatively, to file a shelf registration statement under the Act with respect
to the 7.50% Notes. The Company filed the exchange offer registration  statement
with the Commission on February 2, 1999.

In late November 1998,  the Company sold $300.0  million in principal  amount of
its 7.25% Notes and used the proceeds to fund initiatives to further develop and
deploy the Company's  network,  gain additional  market share in the traditional
telecommunications  market segment, expand the Qwest data market strategy and to
fund general working  capital needs.  These  initiatives  (which may be effected
directly by the Company or through joint venture and similar  arrangements) will
include  construction,  development  and  lighting  of  the  Company's  network,
expansion  of the data and  other  business  services  offered  by the  Company,
development  of sales  channels  and other  needs.  Unamortized  issuance  costs
totaling  approximately  $2.3 million are being  amortized  over the term of the
7.25% Notes.

Credit Facility and Lines of Credit

  In  connection  with the  acquisition  of LCI,  the  Company  assumed a $250.0
million  revolving  credit facility (the "Credit  Facility") from a syndicate of
banks.  The Company also assumed  three  separate  discretionary  line of credit
agreements  (the "Lines of Credit") with  commercial  banks  providing for total
borrowings of up to $75.0 million.

The Credit Facility bears interest at a rate  consisting of two components.  The
base  rate  component  is  dependent  upon a  market  indicator  and the  second
component  varies  from  0.30% to  0.75%,  based on the  more  favorable  of the
relationship of borrowings levels to operating cash flow (the "leverage ratio")


<PAGE>



or senior  unsecured  debt  rating.  As of September  30, 1998,  the Company had
$215.0  million  outstanding  under the Credit  Facility at an interest  rate of
6.0%. The Credit  Facility  contains  various  financial  covenants  including a
leverage  ratio  requirement.  As of  September  30,  1998,  the  Company was in
compliance with all Credit Facility covenants. In November 1998, the outstanding
balance under the Credit Facility was repaid with a portion of the proceeds from
the 7.25% Notes. The Credit Facility expired on December 31, 1998.

As of September 30, 1998,  $17.5 million was  outstanding on the Lines of Credit
at an interest rate of 6.3%. In November  1998, the  outstanding  balances under
the Lines of Credit were repaid  with a portion of the  proceeds  from the 7.25%
Notes.  Two of the Lines of Credit  expired on Dec. 31, 1998. As of December 31,
1998 the Company had $25.0 million available on the remaining Line of Credit.

In  February  1999, the  Company  received  commitments  from  several  banks to
syndicate an unsecured  credit  facility in the amount of $1.0 billion.  It is a
condition  to closing  that the  Company  sign a mututally  satisfactory  credit
agreement. The Company expects to close by the end of the first quarter of 1999.


Accounts Receivable Securitization

As of September 30, 1998, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, LCI,
maintained  an agreement to sell a  percentage  ownership  interest in a defined
pool of trade accounts  receivable  (the  "Securitization  Program").  Under the
Securitization Program, LCI SPC I, Inc. ("SPC"), a single-purpose  subsidiary of
the Company,  sold accounts receivable.  SPC had approximately $150.0 million of
accounts  receivable  available  for sale and had sold a total of  approximately
$125.0 million as of September 30, 1998.

In October 1998, the Company borrowed approximately $67.0 million under a demand
note payable to a bank. This demand note was utilized to reacquire the ownership
interest in a portion of the pool of trade  accounts  receivable  that were sold
under the  Securitization  Program.  The remaining  portion of such accounts was
reacquired with cash. In November 1998, the outstanding balance under the demand
note was repaid with a portion of the proceeds of the 7.25% Notes.


             Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

General

The following is a general  discussion of certain of the expected  United States
federal income tax consequences applicable to holders of the old 7.25% notes who
purchased the old 7.25% notes from Qwest for cash,  exchange the old 7.25% notes
for new 7.25%  notes in this  exchange  offer,  and hold the old 7.25% notes and
will hold the new 7.25% notes as capital assets ("Holders").  This discussion is
a descriptive  summary only and is not a complete  technical analysis or listing
of all potential tax considerations  that may be relevant to Holders.  Qwest has
received an opinion of its counsel, Holme Roberts & Owen LLP, that the following
describes the material United States federal income tax consequences expected to
result to Holders,  subject to the conditions and limitations  described in this
discussion. This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal


<PAGE>



Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  applicable Treasury  regulations
("Regulations"),  and public administrative and judicial  interpretations of the
Code and Regulations,  all of which are subject to change. Any such change could
be applied  retroactively.  This  discussion  is also  based on the  information
contained  in  this  prospectus  and  the  related  documents,  and  on  certain
representations from Qwest as to factual matters. This discussion does not cover
all aspects of United  States  federal  taxation that may be relevant to, or the
actual tax effect that any of the matters described in this discussion will have
on,  particular  Holders  and does not  address  foreign,  state,  or local  tax
consequences.

Qwest has not  sought  and will not seek any ruling  from the  Internal  Revenue
Service (the "Service") with respect to the 7.25% notes.  The Service could take
a different  position  concerning  the tax  consequences  of the exchange of old
7.25% notes for new 7.25% notes or the ownership or disposition of the new 7.25%
notes, and the Service's position could be sustained by a court.

The United States federal income tax consequences to a Holder may vary depending
on the Holder's particular  situation or status. Some of the rules applicable to
Holders  that are  subject to  special  rules  under the Code are not  discussed
below.  Examples  of  these  holders  include  insurance  companies,  tax-exempt
organizations,  mutual funds, retirement plans, financial institutions,  dealers
in securities or foreign currency,  persons that hold the 7.25% notes as part of
a "straddle"  or as a "hedge"  against  currency  risk or in  connection  with a
conversion  transaction,  persons that have a functional currency other than the
United States dollar, investors in pass-through entities,  traders in securities
that  elect  to mark to  market,  and  except  as  expressly  addressed  in this
discussion, Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below).

As used in this  discussion,  the term "U.S.  Holder"  means a Holder that,  for
United States federal income tax purposes, is

     (1) a citizen or resident of the United States,

     (2)   a corporation,  partnership,  or other entity created or organized in
           or under the laws of the United States,  of the District of Columbia,
           or of any State,

     (3)   an estate the income of which is  subject  to United  States  federal
           income tax, regardless of its source, or

     (4) a trust if

           (a)   a court  within the United  States is able to exercise  primary
                 supervision over the administration of the trust and

           (b)   one or more United States persons have the authority to control
                 all substantial decisions of the trust.

The term  "Non-U.S.  Holder" means a Holder that is, for United  States  federal
income tax purposes, not a U.S. Holder.

This discussion is for general  information  purposes only. Each holder is urged
to consult its tax advisor as to the particular tax  consequences to such person
of  exchanging  old 7.25% notes for new 7.25% notes and of holding and disposing
of the new 7.25% notes,  including the  applicability and effect of all foreign,
state,  or  local  tax laws  and of any  change  in  federal  income  tax law or
administrative or judicial interpretation since the date of this prospectus.




<PAGE>



Exchange of Notes

Although  there is no direct  authority  as to whether the exchange of old 7.25%
notes for new 7.25%  notes in the  exchange  offer  will be treated as a taxable
exchange for United States  federal  income tax  purposes,  it is the opinion of
Holme  Roberts & Owen LLP,  counsel  to Qwest,  that  based on its  analysis  of
applicable  law, such exchange  should not be treated as a taxable  exchange for
United States federal income tax purposes. A Holder should not recognize gain or
loss on the  exchange  of old 7.25%  notes for new 7.25%  notes in the  exchange
offer and,  on such  exchange,  should have the same  adjusted  tax basis in and
holding  period  for the  new  7.25%  notes  as it had in the  old  7.25%  notes
immediately before the exchange.


Original Issue Discount

Qwest was  advised by the initial  purchaser  at the time of the sale of the old
7.25% notes that the initial purchaser intended to sell the old 7.25% notes at a
price equal to 100% of the stated  principal  amount of the old 7.25% notes, and
Qwest  believes  that  substantially  all of the old  7.25%  notes  were sold to
investors at that price.  This  discussion is therefore  based on the assumption
that the old 7.25%  notes  were not  issued  with an amount  of  original  issue
discount in excess of the de minimis  exception  under the Code, and thus,  that
the original  issue  discount  amount will be considered  zero for United States
federal  income tax  purposes.  Each U.S.  Holder is required to include  stated
interest on the 7.25% notes in gross income in accordance with the U.S. Holder's
regular method of tax accounting.


Market Discount

Under the market discount rules of the Code, a U.S. Holder who purchases a 7.25%
note at a  "market  discount"  will  generally  be  required  to treat  any gain
recognized on the disposition of the 7.25% note as ordinary income to the extent
of the lesser of such gain or the portion of the market  discount  that  accrued
during the period that the U.S. Holder held such 7.25% note.  Market discount is
generally  defined as the amount by which a U.S.  Holder's  purchase price for a
7.25% note is less than the stated  redemption  price at  maturity  (the  stated
principal  amount  in this  case) of the  7.25%  note on the  date of  purchase,
subject to a statutory de minimis exception.  A U.S. Holder who acquires a 7.25%
note at a market  discount  may be  required  to defer all or a  portion  of any
interest expense that otherwise may be deductible on any  indebtedness  incurred
or  continued to purchase or carry such 7.25% note until the  retirement  of the
7.25%  note,  or if  earlier,  the U.S.  Holder  disposes of the 7.25% note in a
taxable  transaction.  A U.S.  Holder  who has  elected  under  applicable  Code
provisions  to include  market  discount  in income  annually  as such  discount
accrues will not, however,  be required to treat any gain recognized as ordinary
income or to defer any deductions for interest  expense under these rules.  This
election to include market discount in income currently,  once made,  applies to
all  market  discount  obligations  acquired  on or after  the  first day of the
taxable  year to which the election  applies and may not be revoked  without the
consent of the  Service.  Holders  should  consult  their tax advisors as to the
portion  of any gain that  would be  taxable  as  ordinary  income  under  these
provisions  and any other  consequences  of the market  discount  rules that may
apply to them in particular.

Amortizable Bond Premium

Generally, if the tax basis of an obligation held as a capital asset exceeds the
amount  payable  at  maturity  of the  obligation,  the excess  will  constitute
amortizable bond premium that the holder of such debt instrument may elect,


<PAGE>



under section 171 of the Code, to amortize as an offset to interest income under
the  constant  yield  method  over the period from its  acquisition  date to the
obligation's maturity date subject to special rules for early call provisions. A
U.S. Holder who elects to amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis in the
related  7.25% notes by the amount of the  aggregate  amortization  allowable as
amortizable  bond premium.  An election to amortize bond premium  applies to all
obligations  with  amortizable  bond premium held by the electing U.S. Holder at
the  beginning  of the first  taxable  year to which  the  election  applies  or
thereafter acquired by the U.S. Holder and is irrevocable without the consent of
the Service.


Sale, Retirement, or Other Taxable Disposition

Upon the sale, retirement,  or other taxable disposition of a 7.25% note, a U.S.
Holder will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (i)
the amount of cash plus the fair market  value of property  received in exchange
for the 7.25% note (except to the extent  attributable  to accrued  interest not
previously taken into account) and (ii) the U.S.  Holder's adjusted tax basis in
the 7.25%  note.  If the 7.25%  note has market  discount  or  amortizable  bond
premium,  appropriate adjustments may be required in computing the U.S. Holder's
adjusted tax basis for the 7.25% note. Any gain or loss on the sale, retirement,
or other taxable  disposition of a 7.25% note, measured as described above, will
generally  be  capital  gain  or  loss  (except  as  discussed   under  "-Market
Discount").  In the case of an individual U.S. Holder, such capital gain will be
taxable at various  preferential rates,  depending on such U.S. Holder's holding
period for the 7.25% note at the time of disposition.

With respect to tax matters related to legal defeasance and covenant  defeasance
in certain circumstances,  see "Description of the 7.25%  Notes-Satisfaction and
Discharge of the Indenture, Defeasance."


Backup Withholding

The  backup  withholding  rules of the Code  require  a payor  to  deduct  and
withhold  a  tax   amount  if

 (1) the payee fails to furnish a taxpayer  identification number ("TIN") to the
     payor,

 (2) the  Service  notifies  the payor  that the TIN  furnished  by the payee is
     incorrect,

 (3) the  payee has  failed to report  properly  the  receipt  of a  "reportable
     payment"  and the  Service  has  notified  the payor  that  withholding  is
     required, or

 (4) there has been a failure on the part of the payee to certify  under penalty
     of perjury that the payee is not subject to withholding  under section 3406
     of the Code.

If any one of the events  discussed  above occurs,  Qwest or its paying agent or
other  withholding  agent will be required to withhold a tax equal to 31 percent
of any  "reportable  payment"  which  includes,  among  other  things,  interest
actually paid and amounts paid through brokers in retirement of securities.  Any
amount  withheld  from a payment to a U.S.  Holder under the backup  withholding
rules will be allowed as a refund or credit  against  the U.S.  Holder's  United
States federal income tax,  provided that the required  information is furnished
to the Service. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, corporations) are
not subject to the backup withholding or information reporting requirements.


<PAGE>



Certain Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

General.  The following  discussion is for general information purposes only and
does not cover all aspects of United States federal taxation that may
apply to, or the actual tax effect  that any of the  matters  described  in this
discussion will have on, any particular Non-U.S.  Holder.  Non-U.S.  Holders are
urged to consult their tax advisors as to the  particular  tax  consequences  to
them of purchasing, holding, and disposing of the 7.25% notes.

Portfolio Interest Exemption. A Non-U.S. Holder not engaged in any U.S. trade or
business will generally, under the portfolio interest exemption of the Code, not
be  subject to United  States  federal  income  taxes or United  States  federal
withholding  tax, on payments of principal and interest paid on the 7.25% notes,
provided that

     (1)   the  Non-U.S.  Holder  does not  actually  or  constructively  own 10
           percent or more of the total combined  voting power of all classes of
           stock of Qwest entitled to vote,

     (2)   the Non-U.S. Holder is not

           (a)   a bank receiving  interest pursuant to a loan agreement entered
                 into in the ordinary course of its trade or business or

           (b)   a  controlled  foreign  corporation  that is  related  to Qwest
                 through stock ownership,

     (3)   such interest is not effectively connected with a United States trade
           or business and

     (4)   either

           (a)   the beneficial  owner of the 7.25% notes  certifies to Qwest or
                 its agent,  under  penalties of perjury,  that it is not a U.S.
                 Holder and provides a completed IRS Form W-8  ("Certificate  of
                 Foreign Status") or

           (b)   a securities  clearing  organization,  bank, or other financial
                 institution  which holds customers'  securities in the ordinary
                 course of its trade or business (a "financial institution") and
                 which holds the 7.25%  notes,  certifies to Qwest or its agent,
                 under penalties of perjury,  that it has received Form W-8 from
                 the  beneficial  owner  or that it has  received  from  another
                 financial institution a Form W-8 and furnishes the payor with a
                 copy of the  Form  W-8 and none of the  persons  reviewing  the
                 relevant  certification  or IRS form has actual  knowledge that
                 the certification or any statement on the IRS form is false.

If any of the  situations  described  in  proviso  (i),  (ii),  or  (iv)  of the
preceding  sentence does not exist,  interest on the 7.25% notes,  when paid, is
subject to United States  withholding  tax at the rate of 30 percent,  unless an
income  tax  treaty  between  the  United  States  and the  country of which the
Non-U.S.  Holder is a tax resident  provides for the elimination or reduction in
the rate of United States  federal  withholding  tax.  Interest for this purpose
includes income, other than capital gains, received from the sale or exchange of
the 7.25%  notes or from a payment  on the 7.25%  notes to the  extent of unpaid
interest  accrued  while the 7.25% notes were held by a Non-U.S.  Holder and the
amounts so accrued were not previously subject to United States withholding tax.

Effectively  Connected  Income.  If a  Non-U.S.  Holder is engaged in a trade or
business in the United  States and  interest  on the 7.25% notes is  effectively


<PAGE>



connected  with the conduct of such trade or  business,  such  Non-U.S.  Holder,
although  exempt from United States federal  withholding tax as discussed in the
preceding  paragraph  (or by reason of the delivery of a properly  completed IRS
Form 4224), will be subject to United States federal income tax on such interest
and on any gain realized on the sale, exchange,  or other disposition of a 7.25%
note  in the  same  manner  as if it were a U.S.  Holder.  In  addition,  if the
Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation,  it may be subject to a branch profits
tax equal to 30 percent of its  effectively  connected  earnings and profits for
that taxable  year,  subject to certain  adjustments,  unless it qualifies for a
lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.

Federal  Estate Tax.  7.25% notes owned or treated as owned by an individual who
is neither a United States citizen nor a United States  resident (as defined for
United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be excluded
from the individual's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes
and will not be subject to United States  federal  estate tax if the  individual
does not own,  actually  or  constructively,  10% or more of the total  combined
voting power of all classes of stock of Qwest  entitled to vote and, at the time
of such individual's death,  payments with respect to such 7.25% notes would not
have been effectively  connected to the conduct by such individual of a trade or
business in the United States.

Disposition of the 7.25% Notes. A Non-U.S.  Holder generally will not be subject
to United States federal income tax on any gain realized in connection  with the
sale, exchange, or retirement of the 7.25% notes, unless:

(1) (a)   the gain is effectively  connected with a trade or business carried on
          by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States or

    (b)   if a tax treaty  applies,  the gain is generally  attributable  to the
          United  States  permanent  establishment  maintained  by the  Non-U.S.
          Holder,

(2)  in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual, such Non-U.S. Holder
     is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of
     disposition, and certain other conditions are satisfied, or

(3)  the Non-U.S.  Holder is subject to tax pursuant to  provisions  of the Code
     applicable to United States expatriates.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax. In general, there is no United
States information  reporting  requirement or backup withholding tax on payments
to Non-U.S.  Holders who provide the appropriate  certification  described above
regarding  qualification for the portfolio interest exemption from United States
federal income tax for payments of interest on the 7.25% notes.

In general,  backup  withholding and  information  reporting will not apply to a
payment of the gross proceeds of a sale of the 7.25% notes effected at a foreign
office of a broker.  If,  however,  such  broker is, for United  States  federal
income tax purposes, a United States person, a controlled foreign corporation, a
foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income for certain  periods is derived
from activities  that are  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business in the United  States,  or (in the case of payments made after December
31, 1999) a foreign  partnership with certain  connections to the United States,
such payments will not be subject to backup withholding,  but will be subject to
information reporting, unless:

     (1)   such  broker  has  documentary  evidence  in  its  records  that  the
           beneficial  owner is a Non-U.S.  Holder and certain other  conditions
           are met or

     (2)   the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

<PAGE>





Payment by Qwest of principal  on the 7.25% notes or payment by a United  States
office of a broker of the  proceeds  of a sale of the 7.25%  notes is subject to
both backup  withholding and information  reporting  unless the beneficial owner
provides a completed  IRS Form W-8 which  certifies  under  penalties of perjury
that it is a Non-U.S.  Holder who meets all the  requirements for exemption from
United  States  federal  income  tax on any gain  from the  sale,  exchange,  or
retirement of the 7.25% notes.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any
amounts withheld under the backup  withholding rules will be allowed as a refund
or a credit  against such Non-U.S.  Holder's  United States  federal  income tax
liability, provided the required information is furnished to the Service.

Recently  promulgated  Regulations  (the "New  Regulations")  would  modify  the
procedures  to be followed by Non-U.S.  Persons and payors of interest  and sale
proceeds  in  complying  with the  United  States  federal  withholding,  backup
withholding,  and  information  reporting  rules,  and the  availability  of any
exemption therefrom.  The New Regulations are not currently effective,  but will
generally be effective  for payments  made after  December 31, 1999. In general,
the  New  Regulations  do  not  significantly   alter  the  current  substantive
withholding  and  information  requirements,  but  unify  current  certification
procedures and forms and clarify reliance standards.  The New Regulations impose
more stringent conditions on the ability of financial  intermediaries acting for
Non-U.S.  Holders to provide certifications on behalf of Non-U.S.  Holders. Each
Holder of a 7.25% note is strongly  urged to consult  its tax advisor  regarding
the effect of the New Regulations on the purchase, ownership, and disposition of
the 7.25% notes.


                             Plan of Distribution

Each broker-dealer that receives new 7.25% notes for its own account pursuant to
the  exchange  offer  must  acknowledge  that it will  deliver a  prospectus  in
connection with any resale of the new 7.25% notes. A broker-dealer  may use this
prospectus,  as it may be  amended  or  supplemented  from  time to time,  by in
connection  with  resales of new 7.25% notes  received in exchange for old 7.25%
notes  where such old 7.25%  notes were  acquired  as a result of  market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that for a period
of one year after closing of the exchange offer,  it will make this  prospectus,
as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale.

The Company  will not receive any  proceeds  from any sale of new 7.25% notes by
any  broker-dealer.  New 7.25% notes  received by  broker-dealers  for their own
account  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer may be sold from time to time in one or
more transactions in the  over-the-counter  market, in negotiated  transactions,
through the writing of options on the new 7.25% notes or a  combination  of such
methods of resale,  at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices
related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be
made directly to purchasers or to or through  brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation   in  the  form  of  commissions  or  concessions   from  any  such
broker-dealer   and/or  the  purchasers  of  any  such  new  7.25%  notes.   Any
broker-dealer  that resells new 7.25% notes that were received by it for its own
account  pursuant  to the  eExchange  oOffer  and  any  broker  or  dealer  that
participates  in a  distribution  of such new 7.25% notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter"  within the  meaning of the  Securities  Act and any profit on any
such resale of new 7.25% notes and any  commissions or  concessions  received by
any such  persons  may be  deemed  to be  underwriting  compensation  under  the
Securities Act. The letter of transmittal  states that by acknowledging  that it
will deliver and by delivering a prospectus,  a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.


<PAGE>



For a period of one year after closing of the exchange  offer,  the Company will
promptly  send  additional  copies  of  this  prospectus  and any  amendment  or
supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer  that requests such documents
in the  letter of  transmittal.  The  Company  has  agreed  to pay all  expenses
incident to the Company's  performance of, or compliance  with, the Registration
Agreement  and all  expenses  incident  to the  exchange  offer  (including  the
expenses  of one  counsel  for the  holders of the old 7.25%  notes)  other than
commissions  or  concessions  of any brokers or dealers,  and will indemnify the
holders  (including  any  broker-dealers)  and  certain  parties  related to the
holders against certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities
Act.

  The Company has not entered into any arrangements or  understandings  with any
person to distribute the new 7.25% notes to be received in the exchange offer.

                                 Legal Matters

Holme Roberts & Owen LLP,  Denver,  Colorado,  is passing on the validity of the
new 7.25%  notes and  certain  United  States  federal  income  tax  matters  in
connection with the new 7.25% notes


                                     Experts

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedule of Qwest  Communications
International  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for
each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December 31, 1997 have been
incorporated in this prospectus and in the  Registration  Statement by reference
in reliance on the report pertaining to such consolidated  financial statements,
dated February 24, 1998, except as to note 22, which is as of March 8, 1998, and
the report dated  February 24, 1998  pertaining to such  schedule,  of KPMG LLP,
independent certified public accountants, incorporated in this prospectus and in
the  Registration  Statement by reference,  and on the authority of that firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated  financial statements and schedules of LCI International,  Inc.
and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the years in
the three-year  period ended December 31, 1997 incorporated by reference in this
prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  independent  public
accountants  as stated in their reports also  incorporated  by reference in this
prospectus.

The consolidated  financial  statements of Phoenix Network,  Inc. as of December
31,  1997  and 1996 and for each of the  years in the  three-year  period  ended
December 31, 1997 have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified
public accountants.

The financial statements of SuperNet, Inc. as of and for the year ended June 30,
1997 have been audited by Dollinger,  Smith & Co., independent  certified public
accountants.

The consolidated  financial statements of Icon CMT Corp. as of December 31, 1996
and 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997,
have been  incorporated  in this  prospectus  by reference  to the  Registration
Statement (No. 333-65095) on Form S-4 of Qwest Communications International Inc.
dated  September  30,  1998,  as  amended  by  Amendment  No. 1 to the S-4 dated
December 10, 1998. Such financial statements,  except as they relate to Frontier
Media Group, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the two years
in   the   period   ended   December   31,   1997,    have   been   audited   by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants,  and insofar as they relate
to Frontier Media Group, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of


<PAGE>



the two years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1997,  by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent accountants.


                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file  annual,  quarterly  and special  reports,  proxy  statements  and other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").  You
may read and copy any reports,  statements and other  information we file at the
Commission's public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York, and
Chicago,  Illinois.  Please call  1-800-SEC-0330 for further  information on the
public  reference  rooms.  Our  filings  are also  available  to the public from
commercial  document  retrieval  services and at the web site  maintained by the
Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

We  have  filed a  Registration  Statement  on Form  S-4 to  register  with  the
Commission the new 7.25% notes to be issued in exchange for the old 7.25% notes.
This  prospectus  is part of that  Registration  Statement.  As  allowed  by the
Commission's  rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information you
can find in the  Registration  Statement  or the  exhibits  to the  Registration
Statement.

We have  not  authorized  anyone  to give  you any  information  or to make  any
representations  about the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than
those  contained in this  prospectus or in the documents we  incorporate in this
prospectus by reference.  if you are given any  information  or  representations
about these matters that is not discussed or  incorporated  in this  prospectus,
you must not rely on that  information.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell
or a solicitation  of an offer to buy securities  anywhere or to anyone where or
to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities  under  applicable law.
The delivery of this  prospectus  does not, under any  circumstances,  mean that
there has not been a change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. It
also does not mean that the  information in this  prospectus or in the documents
we incorporate in this prospectus by reference is correct after this date.


               INCORPORATION  OF CERTAIN  DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE The  Commission
allows us to "incorporate by reference"  information into this prospectus.  This
means that we can disclose  important  information  to you by  referring  you to
another  document  filed   separately  with  the  Commission.   The  information
incorporated  by reference is considered to be part of this  prospectus,  except
for any information that is superseded by information that is included  directly
in this document.

This  prospectus  includes by reference the documents  listed below that we have
previously  filed with the  Commission and that are not included in or delivered
with this document. They contain important information about our company and its
financial condition.

FILING                                          PERIOD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Report on Form 10-K                     Year ended December 31, 1997

Quarterly Reports  on Form  10-Q               Quarter ended September 30, 1998,
                                                 as amended on Form 10-Q/A
                                                 filed December 9, 1998
                                               Quarter  ended  June  30,   1998,
                                                 1998, as amended on Form 10-Q/A
                                                 filed December 9, 1998


<PAGE>



                                               Quarter ended March 31, 1998, as
                                                 amended on Form 10-Q/A filed 
                                                 May 7, 1998

Current Reports on Form 8-K                    Filed January 14, 1999
                                               Filed December 16, 1998
                                               Filed December 7, 1998
                                               Filed November 25, 1998
                                               Filed November 19, 1998
                                               Filed October 29, 1998
                                               Filed September 16, 1998
                                               Filed July 8, 1998, as
                                                 amended on Form 8-K/A filed
                                                 July 10, 1998
                                               Filed June 12, 1998, as
                                                 amended on Form 8-K/A filed
                                                 October 13, 1998
                                               Filed April 21, 1998 Filed April
                                                 3, 1998 Filed March 27, 1998
                                               Filed  March 20, 1998 Filed March
                                                9, 1998 Filed January 29, 1998
                                               Filed January 12, 1998

Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement
on Form  S-3 (File No. 333-58617)
filed December 9, 1998;

Amendment No.1 to Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-49915)
filed May 13, 1998;

The historical financial statements
of SuperNet, Inc. at pages F-31 to
F-41 of Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (File No. 333-46145)
filed February 12, 1998;

The description of our common stock set forth in the Form 8-A filed by us on May
28,  1997,  including  any  amendment or report  filed with the  Commission  for
purposes of updating such description.

We  incorporate  by  reference  additional  documents  that we may file with the
Commission  between the date of this  prospectus  and the date of the closing of
this offering.  These documents include periodic reports, such as Annual Reports
on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as
well as proxy statements.

You can obtain any of the documents  incorporated  by reference in this document
without charge,  excluding any exhibits to those documents unless the exhibit is
specifically incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this prospectus. You can
obtain documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus by requesting them
in  writing  or by  telephone  from the  appropriate  company  at the  following
address:

Investor Relations
Qwest Communications International Inc.
700 Qwest Tower
555 Seventeenth Street
Denver, Colorado 80202 TELEPHONE NUMBER 800-567-7296.



<PAGE>





   QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.

   OFFER TO EXCHANGE
   7.25% SERIES B SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2008 FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS
    OUTSTANDING 7.25% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2008

                            [LOGO]


   THE EXCHANGE  OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,  NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON ___DAY,
   __________  __,  1999,  UNLESS WE EXTEND IT;  PROVIDED  WE MAY NOT EXTEND THE
   EXCHANGE OFFER BEYOND _________ __, 1999.

   PROSPECTUS
   DATED FEBRUARY __, 1999






<PAGE>




                                       PART II

                       INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

   ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

  Section  145 of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  ("DGCL")  empowers a
Delaware  corporation  to indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be
made,  parties  to  any  threatened,   pending  or  completed  action,  suit  or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than
an action by or in the  right of such  corporation),  by reason of the fact that
such person is or was an officer or director of such  corporation,  or is or was
serving at the request of such corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise.  The indemnity may include  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by such person in  connection  with such  action,  suit or  proceeding,  if such
officer or director  acted in good faith and in a manner such person  reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,  and,
with respect to any criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to
believe  such  officer's  or  director's   conduct  was  unlawful.   A  Delaware
corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right
of the corporation under the same conditions,  except that no indemnification is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable to the  corporation in the  performance of his duty.  Where an officer or
director is  successful  on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above,  the  corporation  must  indemnify  such  officer or director
against the  expenses  which such officer or director  actually  and  reasonably
incurred.

  In accordance with Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation  provides  that  directors  shall  not be  personally  liable  for
monetary  damages for breaches of their  fiduciary duty as directors  except for
(i) breaches of their duty of loyalty to the Company or its  stockholders,  (ii)
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or
knowing  violations of law, (iii) certain  transactions under Section 174 of the
DGLC (unlawful  payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions)
or (iv) transactions from which a director derives an improper personal benefit.
The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability of directors
for monetary  damages for actions  involving a breach of their fiduciary duty of
care, including any actions involving gross negligence.

  The  Certificate of  Incorporation  and the By-laws of the Company provide for
indemnification  of the Company's  officers and directors to the fullest  extent
permitted by applicable law, except that the By-laws provide that the Company is
required to  indemnify  an officer or director in  connection  with a proceeding
initiated by such person only if the  proceeding  was authorized by the Board of
Directors of the Company. In addition,  the Company maintains insurance policies
which  provide  coverage for its officers  and  directors in certain  situations
where the Company cannot directly indemnify such officers or directors.

  Pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL and the Certificate of  Incorporation  and
the By-laws of the  Company,  the Company  maintains  directors'  and  officers'
liability insurance coverage.

   ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULES.

     (a) The  following  is a complete  list of  Exhibits  filed as part of this
   Registration Statement, which are incorporated herein:



<PAGE>



EXHIBIT NO.

 1.1       Purchase Agreement dated November 19, 1998, between the Company and
           Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

 3.1**     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Qwest.

 3.2       Certificate  of  Amendment  of Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of
           Incorporation  of Qwest  (incorporated by reference to the exhibit of
           the same number to Qwest's  Registration  Statement on Form S-3 (File
           No. 333-58617) filed July 7, 1998).

 3.3       Bylaws of Qwest  (incorporated  by  reference to exhibit 3 in Qwest's
           Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended  September  30, 1997 (File No. 000-
           22609)).

 4.1(a)*** Indenture  dated as of October 15, 1997 with  Bankers  Trust  Company
           (including  form of Qwest's 9.47% Senior  Discount Notes due 2007 and
           9.47% Series B Senior Discount Notes due 2007 as an exhibit thereto).

 4.1(b)****Indenture  dated as of August 28,  1997 with  Bankers  Trust  Company
           (including  form of Qwest's 10 7/8% Series B Senior Notes due 2007 as
           an exhibit thereto).

 4.1(c)****Indenture  dated as of January 29, 1998 with  Bankers  Trust  Company
           (including  form of Qwest's 8.29% Senior  Discount Notes due 2008 and
           8.29% Series B Senior Discount Notes due 2008 as an exhibit thereto).

 4.1(d)*+   Indenture  dated as of November 27, 1998 with Bankers  Trust Company
            (including  form of the Company's  7.25% Senior  Discount  Notes Due
            2008 and 7.25%  Series B Senior  Discount  Notes  Due as an  exhibit
            thereto).

 4.1(e)*+ Indenture  dated as of November  4, 1998 with  Bankers  Trust  Company
          (including  form of the Company's 7.50% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008
          and  7.50%  Series  B Senior  Discount  Notes  Due 2008 as an  exhibit
          thereto).

 4.2(a)*+  Registration  Agreement dated November 4, 1998 with Salomon  Brothers
           Inc. relating to the Company's 7.50% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008.

 4.2(b)*+  Registration  Agreement dated November 27, 1998 with Salomon Brothers
           Inc. relating to the Company's 7.25% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008.

 4.3       Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 5,
           1997, by and among LCI International Inc., First Union National Bank,
           Nationsbank of Texas, N.A., and the Bank of New York (incorporated by
           reference to exhibit  4(c)(xv) in LCI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
           for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).

 4.4       Indenture dated as of June 23, 1997 between LCI International,  Inc.,
           and First Trust National Association, as trustee, Providing for the
           Issuance  of Senior Debt  Securities,  including  Resolutions  of the
           Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors establishing the terms of
           the 7.25% Senior Notes due June 15, 2007  (incorporated  by reference
           to exhibit  4(c) in LCI's  Current  Report on Form 8-K dated June 23,
           1997).

 5.1       Opinion of Holme  Roberts & Owen LLP with  respect to the legality of
           the securities being registered.

 8.1       Opinion  of Holme  Roberts & Owen LLP with  respect  to  certain  tax
           matters.

<PAGE>



 

10.1** Growth Share Plan, as amended, effective October 1, 1996.

10.2**     Employment Agreement dated December 21, 1996 with Joseph P. Nacchio.

10.3**     Promissory Note dated November 20, 1996 and Severance Agreement
           dated December 1, 1996 with Robert S. Woodruff.

10.4****   Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

10.5**+    IRU   Agreement   dated  as  of  October  18,   1996  with   Frontier
           Communications International Inc.

10.6**+    IRU Agreement dated as of February 26, 1996 with WorldCom Network
           Services, Inc.

10.7**+    IRU Agreement dated as of May 2, 1997 with GTE.

10.8**     Equity Incentive Plan.

10.9****   Employment Agreement dated March 7, 1997 with Stephen M. Jacobsen.

10.10****  Employment Agreement dated October 8, 1997 with Lewis O. Wilks.

10.11**** Employment Agreement dated September 26, 1997 with Brij Khandelwal.

10.12**** Employment Agreement dated September 19, 1997 with Larry Seese.

10.13****  Growth Share Plan Agreement with Joseph P. Nacchio, effective January
           1, 1997, and Amendment thereto.

10.14****  Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement with Joseph P. Nacchio,
           effective June 1997.

10.15      Employment  Agreement,  dated as of October  18,  1993,  between  LCI
           International  Management  Services,  Inc.  and  Joseph  A.  Lawrence
           (incorporated  by reference  to LCI's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for
           the year ended December 31, 1994).*

10.16      LCI International, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by
           reference to LCI's Registration Statement No. 33-60558).*

10.17      LiTel Communications, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by
           reference to LCI's Registration Statement No. 33-60558).*

10.18      LCI International,  Inc. 1994/1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by
           reference  to LCI's  Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the year  ended
           December 31, 1993).*

10.19      LCI International, Inc. and Subsidiaries Nonqualified Stock Option
           Plan for Directors (incorporated by reference to LCI's Registration
           Statement No. 33-67368).*

10.20      LCI International, Inc. 1995/1996 Stock Option (incorporated by
           reference to LCI's Proxy Statement for the 1995 Annual Meeting of
           Shareowners).*

10.21      Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of  March  20,  1994,  between  LCI
           International,  Inc. and H. Brian Thompson (incorporated by reference
           to LCI's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,


<PAGE>



           1994).*

10.22      LCI International Management Services, Inc. Supplemental Executive
           Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to LCI's Quarterly Report
           on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995).*

10.23      Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of  October  1,  1995  between  LCI
           International   Management   Services,   Inc.,   and   Larry   Bouman
           (incorporated  by reference to exhibit  10(1)(xviii)  in LCI's Annual
           Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).*

10.24      1997/1998 LCI International,  Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated by
           reference to exhibit  10(1)(xxi)  in LCI's Annual Report on Form 10-K
           for the year ended December 31, 1996).*

10.25      LCI  International,   Inc.  and  Subsidiaries   Executive   Incentive
           Compensation Plan  (incorporated by reference to exhibit  10(1)(xxii)
           in LCI's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
           1996).*

10.26      Contractor  Agreement  dated  January  18,  1993 by and  between  LCI
           International Telecom Corp. and American Communications Network, Inc.
           (incorporated by reference to LCI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
           the quarter ended September 30, 1995).  Portions of this exhibit have
           been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.*

10.27      Transfer  and  Administrative   Agreement  among  Enterprise  Funding
           Corporation,  LCI  SPC I,  Inc.,  LCI  International  Telecom  Corp.,
           NationsBank, N.A. and certain other parties thereto, dated August 29,
           1996   (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10(r)(i)  in  LCI's
           Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  September  30,
           1996).

10.28      Receivables Purchase Agreement dated August 29, 1996, among LCI
           International Telecom Corp. and LCI SPC I, Inc. (incorporated by
           reference to exhibit 10(r)(ii) in LCI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
           for the quarter ended September 30, 1996).

10.29      Subordinated Intercompany Revolving Note, dated August 29, 1996,
           issued to LCI International Telecom Corp. by LCI SPC I, Inc.
           (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10(r)(iii) in LCI's Quarterly
           Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996).

10.30      Support Agreement, dated August 29, 1996, by LCI International,  Inc.
           in favor of LCI SPC I, Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to exhibit
           10(r)(iv) in LCI's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarterly
           period ended September 30, 1996).

10.31      Participation   Agreement   dated  as  of  November  1996  among  LCI
           International,  Inc.,  as the  Construction  Agent and as the Lessee,
           First Security Bank, National Association, as the Owner Trustee under
           the Stuart  Park Trust the  various  banks and  lending  institutions
           which  are  parties  thereto  from time to time as the  Holders,  the
           various banks and lending institutions which are parties thereto from
           time to time as the Lenders and  NationsBank  of Texas,  N.A., as the
           Agent for the Lenders  (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10(s)(i)
           in LCI's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
           1996).

10.32      Unconditional  Guaranty  Agreement dated as of November 15, 1996 made
           by LCI International, Inc., as Guarantor in favor of NationsBank of


<PAGE>



           Texas,  N.A.,  as Agent  for the  ratable  benefit  of the  Tranche A
           Lenders  (incorporated  by  reference  to exhibit  10(s)(ii) in LCI's
           Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).

10.33      Agency Agreement between LCI International, Inc., as the Construction
           Agent and First Security  Bank,  National  Association,  as the Owner
           Trustee  under  the  Stuart  Park  Trust  as the  Lessor  dated as of
           November 15, 1996 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10(s)(iii) in
           LCI's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended  December  31,
           1996).

10.34      Deed of Lease  Agreement  dated as of November 15, 1996 between First
           Security  Bank,  National  Association as the Owner Trustee under the
           Stuart Park Trust,  as Lessor and LCI  International,  Inc. as Lessee
           (incorporated  by  reference  to exhibit  10(s)(iv)  in LCI's  Annual
           Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).

10.35*     Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

12.1       Statement re Computation of Ratios.

21.1       Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the
           exhibit of the same number in Form S-4 (File No. 333-65095)

23.1       Consent of KPMG LLP.

23.2       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

23.3       Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

23.4       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.5       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.6       Consent of Dollinger, Smith & Co.

23.7 Consent of Holme Roberts & Owen LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1 Power of Attorney. Included on the signature page hereof.

25         Form T-1, Statement of Eligibility of Bankers Trust Company.
- ----------
   *Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements.

  ** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number in Form S-1
     as declared effective on June 23, 1997 (File No. 333-25391).

 *** Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 in Form S-4 as declared
     effective on January 5, 1998 (File No. 333-42847).

**** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number in Qwest's Form
     10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.

*+   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number in Form S-4
     (File No. 333-71603).

   + Portions have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential
     treatment.

     (b)  Financial  Statement  Schedules.  The  following is a complete list of
financial statement schedules filed as part of this Registration Statement,


<PAGE>



which are  incorporated by reference herein from Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-65095):

Schedule Number
II-A             Qwest Communications International Inc.
                 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

II-B             LCI International Inc.
                 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

II-C             Icon CMT Corp.
                 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


   ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

     (a) The undersigned Company hereby undertakes:

       (1) That  prior to any public  reoffering  of the  securities  registered
hereunder  through  use of a  prospectus  which  is a part of this  registration
statement,  by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the
meaning  of Rule  145(c)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act"), the issuer  undertakes that such reoffering  prospectus will
contain the  information  called for by the  applicable  registration  form with
respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to
the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.

       (2) That every  prospectus  (i) that is filed  pursuant to paragraph  (1)
immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section
10(a)(3) of the  Securities  Act and is used in  connection  with an offering of
securities subject to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, will be filed as a part
of an amendment to the  registration  statement  and will not be used until such
amendment is  effective,  and that,  for purposes of  determining  any liability
under the Securities Act, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to
be a new registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such  securities  at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.

     (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such  indemnification  is
against  public  policy as expressed in the  Securities  Act and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceedings)  is  asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether indemnification by it is against public policy
as  expressed  in  the  Securities  Act  and  will  be  governed  by  the  final
adjudication of such issue.

     (c) The  undersigned  Company hereby  undertakes to respond to requests for
information  that is incorporated  by reference into the prospectus  pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b),  11 or 13 of this Form,  within one  business  day of receipt of
such  request,  and to send the  incorporated  documents  by first class mail or
other equally  prompt means.  This includes  information  contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.


<PAGE>



     (d) The  undersigned  Company  hereby  undertakes  to  supply by means of a
post-effective  amendment  all  information  concerning a  transaction,  and the
company  being  acquired  involved  therein,  that  was not the  subject  of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.

    (e)  The  undersigned  Company  hereby  undertakes  that,  for  purposes  of
determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  each  filing  of  the
registrant's  annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,  each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the  registration  statement shall be
deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (f) The undersigned Company hereby undertakes:

      (1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
 post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

     (i)  to  include  any  prospectus  required  by  Section  10(a)(3)  of  the
Securities Act;

     (ii) to reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising  after the
effective date of the registration  statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  represent  a
fundamental  change in the information set forth in the registration  statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any increase or decrease in volume of securities
offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not exceed that
which  was  registered)  and any  deviation  from  the  low or  high  end of the
estimated  maximum  offering  range may be reflected  in the form of  Prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the
changes in volume and price  represent  no more than a 20 percent  change in the
maximum  aggregate  offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

        (iii) to include any  material  information  with respect to the plan of
distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in the  registration  statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement.

      (2)  That,  for  the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
Securities Act, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

      (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
  of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

      (4) For purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities  Act,
the  information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part of a
registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of
prospectus  filed by the  Company  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed part of the  registration  statement as
of the time it was declared effective.

                                    SIGNATURES




<PAGE>



  PURSUANT TO THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED QWEST
COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC. HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO
BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE  UNDERSIGNED  THEREUNTO DULY  AUTHORIZED,  IN THE
CITY OF DENVER, STATE OF COLORADO, ON FEBRUARY 24, 1999.

                     Qwest Communications International Inc.

                                   By: /s/ ROBERT S. WOODRUFF
                                   NAME:   ROBERT S. WOODRUFF
                                   TITLE: Executive Vice President--Finance


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

  KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS,  THAT EACH PERSON WHOSE SIGNATURE  APPEARS
BELOW CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS,  ROBERT W. WOODRUFF, HIS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT,  WITH
THE POWER OF  SUBSTITUTION,  FOR HIM IN ANY AND ALL CAPACITIES,  TO SIGN ANY AND
ALL  AMENDMENTS  TO  THIS  REGISTRATION   STATEMENT  (INCLUDING   POST-EFFECTIVE
AMENDMENTS),  AND TO FILE THE SAME, WITH EXHIBITS THERETO AND OTHER DOCUMENTS IN
CONNECTION  THEREWITH,  WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  HEREBY
RATIFYING AND  CONFIRMING ALL THAT SAID  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT,  OR HIS SUBSTITUTE OR
SUBSTITUTES, MAY DO OR CAUSE TO BE DONE BY VIRTUE HEREOF

  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

              SIGNATURE                      CAPACITY                DATE

                                       Chairman of the
    /s/ PHILIP F. ANSCHUTZ              Board                   FEBRUARY 24,
- ----------------------------------                               1999
        PHILIP F. ANSCHUTZ        

    /s/ JOSEPH P. NACCHIO               Director, Chairman
- ----------------------------------      and Chief Executive     FEBRUARY 24,
        JOSEPH P. NACCHIO               Officer (Principal        1999
                                        Executive Officer)

                                       Director and
                                        Executive Vice          FEBRUARY 24,
   /s/    ROBERT S. WOODRUFF            President--Finance        1999
- ----------------------------------      and Chief Financial
         ROBERT S. WOODRUFF             Officer (Principal 
                                        Financial Officer
                                        and Principal
                                        Accounting Officer)


   /s/     CANNON Y. HARVEY           Director                   FEBRUARY 24,
- ----------------------------------                                1999
           CANNON Y. HARVEY        


   /s/     JORDAN L. HAINES           Director                   FEBRUARY 24,
- ----------------------------------                                 1999
            JORDAN L. HAINES      


                                      Director                   FEBRUARY __,
- ----------------------------------                                 1999
           DOUGLAS M. KARP        

   /s/     VINOD KHOSLA
- ----------------------------------    Director                   FEBRUARY 24,
           VINOD KHOSLA                                            1999    

<PAGE>





   /s/     RICHARD T. LIEBHABER       Director
- ----------------------------------                               FEBRUARY 24,
            RICHARD T. LIEBHABER                                   1999

                                      Director
   /s/      DOUGLAS L. POLSON                                    FEBRUARY 24,
- ----------------------------------                                 1999
            DOUGLAS L. POLSON     

                                      Director
   /s/      CRAIG D. SLATER                                      FEBRUARY 24,
- ----------------------------------                                 1999
            CRAIG D. SLATER        

                                      Director
   /s/      W. THOMAS STEPHENS                                   FEBRUARY 24,
- ----------------------------------                                 1999
            W. THOMAS STEPHENS    















                     QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.



                                  $300,000,000
                           7.25% Senior Notes Due 2008





                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


Dated: November 19, 1998




<PAGE>






                     QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.



                                  $300,000,000

                           7.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                                              New York, New York
                                                               November 19, 1998

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York  10048

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  Qwest   Communications    International   Inc.,   a   Delaware
corporation (the "Company"),  proposes to issue and sell to Salomon Smith Barney
Inc. (the "Initial  Purchaser")  $300,000,000  aggregate principal amount of its
7.25%  Senior  Notes  Due 2008 (the  terms of which  are set forth in  Exhibit A
hereto,  the  "Securities").  The Securities are to be issued under an indenture
(the  "Indenture")  dated as of the Closing Date (as defined herein) between the
Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee.

                  The sale of the  Securities to the Initial  Purchaser  will be
made without registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the   "Securities   Act"),   in  reliance  upon  exemptions  from  the
registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act. The Initial  Purchaser  has
advised  the  Company  that it will  offer  and  sell the  Securities  purchased
hereunder in accordance with Section 4 hereof as soon as it deems advisable.

                  The holders of the Securities will be entitled to the benefits
of a  Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated as of the Closing  Date (as defined
herein)  between  the  Company  and the  Initial  Purchaser  (the  "Registration
Agreement"),  pursuant to which the Company will file a  registration  statement
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  registering the
Securities or New Securities  (referred to in the Registration  Agreement) under
the Securities Act.

                  In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has
prepared a final  offering  memorandum,  dated  November  19,  1998 (the  "Final
Memorandum"). The Final Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the
Company and the  Securities.  The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized
the use of the Final  Memorandum,  and any amendment or supplement  thereto,  in
connection  with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial  Purchaser.
Unless stated to the contrary, all references herein to the Final Memorandum are
to the Final  Memorandum  as of the  Execution  Time (as  defined  in  Section 6
hereof),  including the documents  incorporated  by reference  therein and filed
with the  Commission as of the Execution  Time, and are not meant to include any
amendment  or  supplement   subsequent  to  the   Execution   Time.   The  terms
"supplement,"  "amendment"  and "amend" as used herein with respect to the Final
Memorandum shall include all documents deemed to be incorporated by reference in
the  Final  Memorandum  that  are  filed  subsequent  to the  date of the  Final
Memorandum with the Commission.


<PAGE>



     1.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company represents and warrants to
the Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

                  (a) The Final Memorandum, at the date hereof, does not, and at
         the Closing Date will not (and any amendment or supplement  thereto, at
         the date thereof and at the Closing Date, will not), contain any untrue
         statement  of a  material  fact or  omit to  state  any  material  fact
         necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  the  light  of  the
         circumstances  under which they were made,  not  misleading;  provided,
         however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty as to the
         information  contained in or omitted from the Final Memorandum,  or any
         amendment or  supplement  thereto,  in reliance  upon and in conformity
         with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of
         the Initial Purchaser specifically for inclusion therein.

                  (b) Each of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  has been duly
         incorporated,  is validly  existing as a  corporation  in good standing
         under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full power
         (corporate  and other) to own or lease its  properties  and conduct its
         business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to
         do business as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing under the
         laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification  wherein it
         owns or leases  material  properties  or  conducts  material  business,
         except  where the  failure  to be  qualified  has not had and would not
         reasonably  be  expected  to  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
         business,  financial  condition or results of operations of the Company
         and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect").

                  (c) The Company has full power  (corporate and other) to enter
         into  and  to  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,   the
         Indenture, the Registration Agreement and the Securities.

                  (d) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the
         Company's  subsidiaries  have been duly  authorized and validly issued,
         are fully paid and nonassessable  and, except as otherwise set forth in
         the Final Memorandum,  are owned beneficially by the Company,  directly
         or indirectly, through one or more subsidiaries,  free and clear of any
         security interest, claim, lien, encumbrance, or adverse interest of any
         nature (each, a "Lien"),  except for such Liens which, singly or in the
         aggregate,  has not had and would not  reasonably be expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect or as described in or contemplated by the Final
         Memorandum.

                  (e) The  Company  has an  authorized,  issued and  outstanding
         capitalization as set forth in the Final Memorandum.  All of the issued
         shares of capital  stock of the Company have been duly  authorized  and
         validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (f) The consolidated financial statements and schedules of the
         Company  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  included  in  the  Final
         Memorandum fairly present the financial position of the Company and its
         consolidated  subsidiaries and the results of operations and changes in
         financial  condition  as of the  dates  and  for  the  periods  therein
         specified,  except  as  described  in  or  contemplated  by  the  Final
         Memorandum.  Such financial statements and schedules have been prepared
         in   accordance   with   generally   accepted   accounting   principles
         consistently  applied  throughout  the  periods  involved,   except  as
         described  in the Final  Memorandum.  The selected  financial  data set
         forth under the caption "Selected  Consolidated  Financial Data" in the
         Final  Memorandum  fairly  present,  on the  basis  stated in the Final
         Memorandum, the information included therein. The pro forma financial


<PAGE>



         statements and other pro forma  financial  information  included in the
         Final  Memorandum,  or included in documents  filed with the Commission
         after the Execution Time and prior to the Closing Date and incorporated
         by reference into the Final Memorandum,  present fairly the information
         shown therein,  have been prepared in accordance with the  Commission's
         rules and guidelines  with respect to pro forma  financial  statements,
         have been properly  compiled on the pro forma bases described  therein,
         except  in each case as  described  in the  Final  Memorandum,  and the
         assumptions  used in the  preparation  thereof are  reasonable  and the
         adjustments  used  therein  are  appropriate  to  give  effect  to  the
         transactions or circumstances referred to therein.

                  (g)  KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  who  have  certified   certain
         financial  statements of the Company and its consolidated  subsidiaries
         and  delivered  their report with  respect to the audited  consolidated
         financial  statements and schedules  included in the Final  Memorandum,
         are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities
         Act and the  applicable  rules and  regulations  thereunder.  Dollinger
         Smith & Co., who have audited certain financial statements of SuperNet,
         Inc.  included in the Final  Memorandum and delivered their report with
         respect thereto,  are independent public accountants within the meaning
         of  the  Securities  Act  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations
         thereunder.  Grant  Thornton  LLC, who have audited  certain  financial
         statements of Phoenix  Network,  Inc.  included in the Final Memorandum
         and delivered their report with respect thereto, are independent public
         accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable
         rules and regulations thereunder. Arthur Andersen LLP, who have audited
         certain financial statements of LCI International,  Inc. to be included
         in the  Final  Memorandum  and  delivered  their  report  with  respect
         thereto,  are independent  public accountants within the meaning of the
         Securities Act and the  applicable  rules and  regulations  thereunder.
         PriceWaterhouseCoopers   LLP,  who  have  audited   certain   financial
         statements of Icon CMT Corp. to be included in the Final Memorandum and
         delivered their report with respect  thereto,  are  independent  public
         accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable
         rules and regulations thereunder.

                  (h) This  Agreement has been duly  authorized,  executed,  and
         delivered by the Company.

                  (i) The Registration Agreement has been duly authorized by the
         Company  and,  when duly  executed and  delivered by the Company,  will
         constitute  a  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of the  Company
         enforceable  against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject,
         as  to  the   enforcement  of  remedies,   to  applicable   bankruptcy,
         reorganization,   insolvency,   moratorium  or  other  laws   affecting
         creditors'  rights  generally  from  time to time  in  effect,  general
         principles of equity and to the enforcement of the  indemnification  or
         contribution provisions contained therein).

                  (j) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and,
         when duly executed and  delivered by the Company and the Trustee,  will
         constitute  a valid and  binding  instrument  enforceable  against  the
         Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of
         remedies,  to  applicable   bankruptcy,   reorganization,   insolvency,
         moratorium or other laws  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally from
         time to  time  in  effect,  and  general  principles  of  equity);  the
         Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when executed and
         authenticated  in accordance  with the  provisions of the Indenture and
         delivered  to and paid for by the  Initial  Purchaser  pursuant to this
         Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company


<PAGE>



         entitled to the benefits of the Indenture; and the statements set forth
         under the heading  "Description of the Notes" in the Final  Memorandum,
         insofar as such statements  purport to summarize certain  provisions of
         the  Securities  and the  Indenture,  provide  a fair  summary  of such
         provisions.

                  (k) No legal or governmental  proceedings are pending to which
         the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party or to  which  the
         property of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries is subject that are
         not described in the Final  Memorandum,  and no such  proceedings  have
         been threatened  against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or with
         respect to any of their respective properties,  except in each case for
         such  proceedings  that would not and would not  reasonably be expected
         to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (l) The issuance,  offering and sale of the  Securities to the
         Initial  Purchaser  by the  Company  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the
         performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, the
         Registration   Agreement,   the  Indenture  and  the  Securities,   the
         consummation of the transactions herein and therein and the application
         of proceeds  from the sale of the  Securities as described in the Final
         Memorandum  do not (i) require the  consent,  approval,  authorization,
         registration or qualification  of or with any  governmental  authority,
         except such as have been  obtained  and such as may be  required  under
         state  securities or blue sky laws and except as may be required  under
         the  Securities  Act and the  rules  and  regulations  thereunder  with
         respect to the  Registration  Agreement and  transactions  contemplated
         thereunder  or (ii) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of
         any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under,  any
         indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  lease  or  other  agreement  or
         instrument to which the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party
         or by which  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  or any of their
         respective properties are bound, or the charter documents or by-laws of
         the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any statute or any judgment,
         decree,  order,  rule or regulation of any court or other  governmental
         authority  or any  arbitrator  applicable  to the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries.

                  (m) The Company has not (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any
         action  designed to cause or to result in, or that has  constituted  or
         which might reasonably be expected to constitute,  the stabilization or
         manipulation  of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate
         the sale or resale of the  Securities  or (ii) paid or agreed to pay to
         any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any debt
         securities of the Company since  September 1, 1998 (except for the sale
         of Securities by the Initial Purchaser under this Agreement).

                  (n)  Since the  respective  dates as of which  information  is
         given  in  the  Final   Memorandum  other  than  as  set  forth  in  or
         contemplated  by the Final  Memorandum  (exclusive of any amendments or
         supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement) (i) there
         has not occurred any material  adverse change or any  development  that
         has  resulted or would  reasonably  be expected to result in a material
         adverse  change  in  the  condition,  financial  or  otherwise,  or the
         earnings,  business,  management  or  operations of the Company and its
         subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  (ii) there has not been any  material
         adverse change or any development that has resulted or would reasonably
         be expected to result in a material adverse change in the capital stock
         or in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries and
         (iii) neither the Company nor any of its  subsidiaries has incurred any
         material liability or obligation, direct or contingent that  has had or
         would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

<PAGE>





                  (o) The Company and each of its  subsidiaries  own or hold all
         items of  property  owned or held by each of them free and clear of any
         security interests,  liens,  encumbrances,  equities,  claims and other
         defects, except for such Liens which, singly or in the aggregate,  have
         not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
         Effect or as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum,  and
         any real property and buildings  held under lease by the Company or any
         such  subsidiary  are held  under  valid,  subsisting  and  enforceable
         leases,  except for such exceptions which,  singly or in the aggregate,
         have not had and would not  reasonably  be  expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect or except as described in or  contemplated  by the Final
         Memorandum.

                  (p) No labor  dispute with the employees of the Company or any
         of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent except for such
         labor  disputes  which,  singly or in the  aggregate,  have not had and
         would not  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect or
         except as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (q)  The  Company  and its  subsidiaries  own or  possess  all
         material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade
         names,  licenses,  copyrights  and  proprietary  or other  confidential
         information  currently  employed  by  them  in  connection  with  their
         respective businesses,  and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary
         has received any notice of  infringement  of or conflict  with asserted
         rights of any third party with respect to any of the  foregoing  which,
         singly or in the aggregate,  if the subject of an unfavorable decision,
         ruling or finding,  would  result and would  reasonably  be expected to
         result  in a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  except  as  described  in  or
         contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (r) The  Company and each of its  subsidiaries  are insured by
         insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and
         risks  and  in  such  amounts  as  are  prudent  and  customary  in the
         businesses in which they are engaged;  neither the Company nor any such
         subsidiary  has been refused any insurance  coverage  sought or applied
         for; and neither the Company nor any such  subsidiary has any reason to
         believe  that it  will  not be able to  renew  its  existing  insurance
         coverage  as and  when  such  coverage  expires  or to  obtain  similar
         coverage  from  similar  insurers as may be  necessary  to continue its
         business at a cost that would not and would not  reasonably be expected
         to  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect,   except  as  described  in  or
         contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (s) No  subsidiary  of the  Company is  currently  prohibited,
         directly or indirectly,  from paying any dividends to the Company, from
         making any other distribution on such subsidiary's  capital stock, from
         repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such  subsidiary  from
         the Company or from transferring any of such  subsidiary's  property or
         assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as
         described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (t)  The  Company  has  all   necessary   consents,   permits,
         authorizations,   approvals,   orders  (including   exemptive  orders),
         licenses,  franchises and certificates ("Permits") of and from, and has
         made all declarations  and filings with, all governmental  authorities,
         self-regulatory  organizations and courts and other tribunals,  whether
         foreign or domestic, to own and use its assets and to conduct its


<PAGE>



          business in the manner described in the Final Memorandum,  except with
          respect to such Permits,  the failure to hold which, and such filings,
          the failure to make which,  singly or in the  aggregate,  have not had
          and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
          or as  described  in or  contemplated  by the  Final  Memorandum.  The
          Company  has  fulfilled  and  performed  all of its  obligations  with
          respect to such Permits; and to the knowledge of the Company, no event
          has  occurred  which  allows,  or after  notice or lapse of time would
          allow   revocation  or  termination  or  could  result  in  any  other
          impairment  of the rights of the Company  thereunder,  except for such
          failures of  performance,  revocations,  terminations  or  impairments
          which,  singly  or in the  aggregate,  have  not  had  and  would  not
          reasonably  be  expected  to  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect  or as
          described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (u) The  Company  has filed all  foreign,  federal,  state and
         local  tax  returns  that are  required  to be  filed or has  requested
         extensions thereof and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and
         any other assessment,  fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent
         that any of the foregoing is due and payable,  except for such failures
         to file such tax returns or extension requests or such failures to make
         payments which, singly or in the aggregate,  have not had and would not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or except for
         such failures to pay such taxes, assessments,  fines or penalties which
         are currently being contested in good faith or, if paid,  would not and
         would not reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect or,
         in any case, as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (v)  Neither the  Company  nor any of its  subsidiaries  is in
         violation of any  foreign,  federal,  state or local law or  regulation
         relating to the protection of human health and safety,  the environment
         or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes,  pollutants or contaminants
         ("Environmental  Laws"),  any  provisions  of the  Employee  Retirement
         Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or any provisions of
         the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  or  the  rules  and  regulations
         promulgated thereunder,  except for such violations which, singly or in
         the  aggregate,  have not had and would not  reasonably  be expected to
         have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  There  are no costs or  liabilities
         associated with Environmental Laws (including,  without limitation, any
         capital or operating  expenditures  required for  clean-up,  closure of
         properties or compliance with  Environmental Laws or any authorization,
         any related  constraints  on  operating  activities  and any  potential
         liabilities to third  parties)  which have had and would  reasonably be
         expected  to,  singly  or in the  aggregate,  have a  Material  Adverse
         Effect.

                  (w) Each certificate  signed by any officer of the Company and
         delivered to the Initial Purchaser or Counsel for the Initial Purchaser
         shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company (and
         not  individually  by such officer) to the Initial  Purchaser as to the
         matters covered thereby.

                  (x) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system
         of  internal  accounting  controls  sufficient  to  provide  reasonable
         assurance  that  (i)  transactions  are  executed  in  accordance  with
         management's general or specific authorizations;  (ii) transactions are
         recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial  statements in
         conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting   principles  and  to
         maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only
         in accordance with management's general or specific authorization;  and
         (iv) the recorded


<PAGE>



         accountability  for  assets is  compared  with the  existing  assets at
         reasonable and appropriate  intervals and  appropriate  action is taken
         with respect to any differences.

                  (y) No default exists,  and no event has occurred which,  with
         notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default in the due
         performance  and  observance of any term,  covenant or condition of any
         indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  lease  or  other  agreement  or
         instrument to which the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party
         or by which  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  or any of their
         respective  properties  is bound  or may be  affected  in any  material
         adverse respect with regard to the property,  business or operations of
         the Company and its subsidiaries.

                  (z) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates (as defined
         in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the  Securities  Act  ("Regulation
         D")),  nor any person  acting on its or their  behalf has,  directly or
         indirectly,  made offers or sales of any security,  or solicited offers
         to buy  any  security,  under  circumstances  that  would  require  the
         registration of the Securities under the Securities Act.

                  (aa) Neither the Company,  nor any of its Affiliates,  nor any
         person acting on its or their behalf has engaged in any form of general
         solicitation or general  advertising  (within the meaning of Regulation
         D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United
         States.

                  (bb)     The Securities  satisfy the eligibility  requirements
         of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

                  (cc) Neither the Company,  nor any of its Affiliates,  nor any
         person  acting  on its or their  behalf  has  engaged  in any  directed
         selling  efforts with respect to the  Securities,  and each of them has
         complied  with the offering  restrictions  requirement  of Regulation S
         ("Regulation S") under the Securities Act. Terms used in this paragraph
         have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

                  (dd) The Company as of the Execution Time expects to be and as
         of the Closing Date will have been advised by the National  Association
         of Securities Dealers, Inc. PORTAL Market that the Securities have been
         designated  "PORTAL-eligible  securities" in accordance  with the rules
         and regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

                  (ee) The Company is not, and upon the issuance and sale of the
         Securities  as  herein  contemplated  and  the  application  of the net
         proceeds therefrom as described in the Final Memorandum will not be, an
         "investment  company" within the meaning of the Investment  Company Act
         of 1940, as amended (the  "Investment  Company  Act"),  without  taking
         account of any  exemption  arising  out of the number of holders of the
         Company's securities.

                  (ff) The Company will conduct its  operations in a manner that
         will not subject it to registration as an investment  company under the
         Investment Company Act.

                  (gg) The  information  provided  by the  Company  pursuant  to
         Section 5(h) hereof will not, at the date  thereof,  contain any untrue
         statement  of a  material  fact or  omit to  state  any  material  fact
         necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  the  light  of  the
         circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.



<PAGE>



                  (hh) There is no  franchise,  contract or other  document of a
         character  that would be required to be described or referred to in the
         Final  Memorandum,  if  it  were  a  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  a
         registration  statement on Form S-1 under the  Securities  Act, that is
         not  described  or  referred  to as  would  be  so  required,  and  the
         description  thereof or references  thereto are correct in all material
         respects.

                  (ii) Subject to compliance by the Initial  Purchaser  with the
         representations  and  warranties  set  forth  in  Section  4, it is not
         necessary  in  connection  with the  offer,  sale and  delivery  of the
         Securities to the Initial  Purchaser and the resale to each  subsequent
         purchaser in the manner  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the Final
         Memorandum to register the  Securities  under the  Securities Act or to
         qualify  the  Indenture  under  the  Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as
         amended.

                  (jj) The documents  incorporated  or deemed to be incorporated
         by reference in the Final Memorandum at the time they were or hereafter
         are  filed  with the  Commission,  when  read  together  with the other
         information  in the Final  Memorandum,  complied and will comply in all
         material  respects with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act, the
         Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amend (the "Exchange  Act") and
         the rule and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and
         the Exchange Act and, at the  Execution  Time and at the Closing  Date,
         did not and will not contain an untrue  statement of a material fact or
         omit to  state  a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
         necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

                  2. Purchase and Sale.  Subject to the terms and conditions and
in  reliance  upon the  representations  and  warranties  herein set forth,  the
Company  agrees to sell to the  Initial  Purchaser,  and the  Initial  Purchaser
agrees to  purchase  from the  Company,  at a  purchase  price of 99.250% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from November
27,  1998 to the  Closing  Date,  $300,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount  of
Securities.

                  3.  Delivery  and  Payment.  Delivery  of and  payment for the
Securities  shall be made at 10:00 AM, New York City time, on November 27, 1998,
or such later date (not later than  December 4, 1998) as the  Initial  Purchaser
shall designate,  which date and time may be postponed by agreement  between the
Initial  Purchaser  and the Company  (such date and time of delivery and payment
for the  Securities  being herein  called the "Closing  Date").  Delivery of the
Securities shall be made to the Initial Purchaser against payment by the Initial
Purchaser of the purchase  price  thereof to or upon the order of the Company by
wire  transfer of federal  funds or other  immediately  available  funds or such
other  manner  of  payment  as may be  agreed  by the  Company  and the  Initial
Purchaser.  Delivery  of the  Securities  shall be made at such  location as the
Initial  Purchaser  shall  reasonably  designate  at least one  business  day in
advance of the Closing Date and payment for the Securities  shall be made at the
office of  Shearman  &  Sterling  ("Counsel  for the  Initial  Purchaser"),  599
Lexington Avenue,  New York, New York.  Certificates for the Securities shall be
registered in such names and in such  denominations as the  Representatives  may
request not less than three full business days in advance of the Closing Date.

                  The  Company  agrees  to have  the  Securities  available  for
inspection,  checking and  packaging by the Initial  Purchaser in New York,  New
York, not later than 1:00 PM on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

     4. Offering of Securities. The Initial Purchaser represents and warrants to
and agrees with the Company that:


<PAGE>



                  (a) It has not  offered  or sold,  and will not offer or sell,
         any  Securities  except  (i) to  those  it  reasonably  believes  to be
         qualified  institutional  buyers  (as  defined  in Rule 144A  under the
         Securities  Act) and that,  in  connection  with each such sale, it has
         taken or will take  reasonable  steps to ensure that the  purchaser  of
         such  Securities  is aware that such sale is being made in  reliance on
         Rule 144A, or (ii) in  accordance  with the  restrictions  set forth in
         Exhibit B hereto.

                  (b) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or
         will  make  offers or sales of the  Securities  by means of any form of
         general  solicitation  or general  advertising  (within  the meaning of
         Regulation D) in the United States.

     5. Agreements. The Company agrees with the Initial Purchaser that:

                  (a) The Company will furnish to the Initial  Purchaser  and to
         Counsel for the Initial  Purchaser,  without charge,  during the period
         referred  to in  paragraph  (c)  below,  as many  copies  of the  Final
         Memorandum  and  any  amendments  and  supplements  thereto  as it  may
         reasonably  request.  The Company  will pay the expenses of printing or
         other production of all documents relating to the offering.

                  (b) The  Company  will  not  amend  or  supplement  the  Final
         Memorandum  without the prior written consent of the Initial  Purchaser
         as contemplated by paragraph (c) below.

                  (c) If at any time prior to the  completion of the sale of the
         Securities  by the Initial  Purchaser,  any event occurs as a result of
         which the Final  Memorandum,  as then  amended or  supplemented,  would
         include any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any
         material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
         the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  or if it
         should be  necessary to amend or  supplement  the Final  Memorandum  to
         comply with  applicable  law,  the  Company  will  promptly  notify the
         Initial  Purchaser  of the same and,  subject  to the  requirements  of
         paragraph  (b) of this  Section 5, will prepare and provide as promptly
         as  practicable to the Initial  Purchaser  pursuant to paragraph (a) of
         this  Section 5 an  amendment  or  supplement  which will  correct such
         statement or omission or effect such compliance.

                  (d) The  Company  will  arrange for the  qualification  of the
         Securities  for sale by the  Initial  Purchaser  under the laws of such
         jurisdictions  as the Initial  Purchaser may  reasonably  designate and
         will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the
         sale of the  Securities.  The Company will promptly  advise the Initial
         Purchaser  of the  receipt  by the  Company  of any  notification  with
         respect to the  suspension of the  qualification  of the Securities for
         sale  in any  jurisdiction  or the  initiation  or  threatening  of any
         proceeding for such purpose.

                  (e) The  Company  will  not,  and will not  permit  any of its
         Affiliates to, resell any Securities  that have been acquired by any of
         them.

                  (f) Neither the Company,  nor any of its  Affiliates,  nor any
         person acting on its or their behalf will, directly or indirectly, make
         offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security,
         under   circumstances  that  would  require  the  registration  of  the
         Securities under the Securities Act.



<PAGE>



                  (g) Neither the Company,  nor any of its  Affiliates,  nor any
         person acting on its or their behalf will engage in any form of general
         solicitation or general  advertising  (within the meaning of Regulation
         D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United
         States.

                  (h)  So  long  as  any  of  the  Securities  are   "restricted
         securities"  within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3)  under the Securities
         Act, the Company will,  unless it becomes  subject to and complies with
         Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
         (the  "Exchange  Act"),  provide  to each  holder  of  such  restricted
         securities  and to each  prospective  purchaser (as  designated by such
         holder) of such restricted securities,  upon the request of such holder
         or prospective  purchaser,  any information  required to be provided by
         Rule 144A(d)(4)  under the Securities Act. This covenant is intended to
         be for the  benefit  of the  holders,  and the  prospective  purchasers
         designated  by such  holders,  from  time  to  time of such  restricted
         securities.

                  (i)  Neither the  Company  nor any of its  Affiliates  nor any
         person  acting  on its or their  behalf  will  engage  in any  directed
         selling efforts with respect to the  Securities,  and each of them will
         comply with the offering  restrictions  requirement  of  Regulation  S.
         Terms  used  in this  paragraph  have  the  meanings  given  to them by
         Regulation S.

                  (j) The Company will cooperate with the Initial  Purchaser and
         use its best  efforts  to permit  the  Securities  to be  eligible  for
         clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

                  (k) The Company will not, until 180 days following the Closing
         Date,  without  the prior  written  consent of the  Initial  Purchaser,
         offer,  sell or contract to sell, or otherwise  dispose of, directly or
         indirectly,  or announce the offering of, any debt securities issued or
         guaranteed  by the Company  (other than the  Securities or as otherwise
         contemplated by the Registration Agreement).

                  (l) The Company will use the net proceeds  received by it from
         the  sale  of the  Securities  in the  manner  specified  in the  Final
         Memorandum under "Use of Proceeds."

                  6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchaser. The
obligations of the Initial Purchaser to purchase the Securities shall be subject
to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company
contained  herein at the date and time  that  this  Agreement  is  executed  and
delivered by the parties hereto (the "Execution  Time") and the Closing Date, to
the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any certificates  pursuant
to the provisions  hereof,  to the performance by the Company of its obligations
hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

                  (a) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial  Purchaser
         the opinion of Holme Roberts & Owen LLP, counsel for the Company, dated
         the Closing Date, in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

                  (b) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial  Purchaser
         the  opinion of Morrison & Foerster  LLP,  special  federal  regulatory
         counsel for the Company,  dated the Closing Date, in the form set forth
         in Exhibit D hereto.

                  (c) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial  Purchaser
         the opinions of Kelley Drye & Warren LLP, special regulatory counsel


<PAGE>



         for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form set forth in Exhibit E
         hereto.

                  (d) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial  Purchaser
         the opinions of Joseph Garity and Lee Weiner,  internal counsel for the
         Company,  dated the Closing  Date,  in the forms set forth in Exhibit F
         hereto.

                  (e) The Initial Purchaser shall have received from Counsel for
         the Initial Purchaser such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date,
         with  respect to the  issuance  and sale of the  Securities,  the Final
         Memorandum (as amended or  supplemented  at the Closing Date) and other
         related matters as the Initial  Purchaser may reasonably  require,  and
         the Company shall have furnished or made available to such counsel such
         documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon
         such matters.

                  (f) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial  Purchaser
         a  certificate  of the Company,  signed by (1) the  President and Chief
         Executive  Officer and (2) the  Executive  Vice  President  -- Finance,
         Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing
         Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully
         reviewed the Final Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Final
         Memorandum and this Agreement and that:

                           (i) the representations and warranties of the Company
                  in  this  Agreement  are  true  and  correct  in all  material
                  respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as
                  if made on the Closing Date, and the Company has complied with
                  all the  agreements  and satisfied  all the  conditions on its
                  part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the
                  Closing Date;

                           (ii)  since  the  date of the most  recent  financial
                  statements included in the Final Memorandum, there has been no
                  material  adverse  change  in  the  condition   (financial  or
                  otherwise),  earnings,  business affairs or business prospects
                  or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries,  whether or
                  not  arising  from  transactions  in the  ordinary  course  of
                  business,  except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final
                  Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto);
                  and

                           (iii) the  agreement  of merger dated as of September
                  13,  1998  between  the  Company  and Icon CMT Corp is in full
                  force  and  effect  and  subsequent  to the  dates as of which
                  information is given in the registration statement on Form S-4
                  filed with the  Commission  on September  30, 1998,  there has
                  been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or
                  otherwise),  earnings,  business,  management or operations of
                  Icon CMT Corp.

                  (g) (i) At the Closing Date,  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP shall have
                  furnished  to the Initial  Purchaser a letter dated such date,
                  in form and substance  satisfactory to the Initial  Purchaser,
                  containing  statements and  information of the type ordinarily
                  included in  accountants'  "comfort  letters" to  underwriters
                  with respect to the financial statements and certain financial
                  information of the Company contained in the Final Memorandum;



<PAGE>



                           (ii) At the Closing  Date,  Grant  Thornton LLP shall
                  have  furnished  to the Initial  Purchaser a letter dated such
                  date,  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Initial
                  Purchaser,  containing  statements and information of the type
                  ordinarily  included  in  accountants'  "comfort  letters"  to
                  underwriters  with  respect to the  financial  statements  and
                  certain financial information of Phoenix Network, Inc.
                  contained in the Final Memorandum;

                           (iii) At the Closing Date,  Arthur Andersen LLP shall
                  have  furnished  to the Initial  Purchaser a letter dated such
                  date,  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Initial
                  Purchaser,  containing  statements and information of the type
                  ordinarily  included  in  accountants'  "comfort  letters"  to
                  underwriters  with  respect to the  financial  statements  and
                  certain financial information of LCI International, Inc.
                  contained in the Final Memorandum;

                           (iv) At the Closing Date,  PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP
                  shall have  furnished to the Initial  Purchaser a letter dated
                  such date, in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Initial
                  Purchaser,  containing  statements and information of the type
                  ordinarily  included  in  accountants'  "comfort  letters"  to
                  underwriters  with  respect to the  financial  statements  and
                  certain financial  information of Icon CMT Corp.  contained in
                  the Final Memorandum; and

                           (v) At the Closing Date, Dollinger, Smith & Co. shall
                  have  furnished  to the Initial  Purchaser a letter dated such
                  date,  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Initial
                  Purchaser,  containing  statements and information of the type
                  ordinarily  included  in  accountants'  "comfort  letters"  to
                  underwriters  with  respect to the  financial  statements  and
                  certain financial  information of SuperNet,  Inc. contained in
                  the Final Memorandum

                  (h) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates
         as of which information is given in the Final  Memorandum,  there shall
         not have  been (i) any  change or  decrease  specified  in the  letters
         referred to in paragraph  (g) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change,  or
         any  development  involving a prospective  change,  in or affecting the
         business or properties of the Company and its  subsidiaries  the effect
         of which,  in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above,  is, in
         the  judgment of the Initial  Purchaser,  so material and adverse as to
         make  it  impractical  or  inadvisable  to  market  the  Securities  as
         contemplated by the Final Memorandum.


                  (i)  Prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall  have
         furnished to the Initial Purchaser such reasonable further information,
         certificates  and  documents as the Initial  Purchaser  may  reasonably
         request.

                  (j) At the  Closing  Date,  the  Securities  shall be rated at
         least BB+ by Standard & Poor's  Corporation with a positive outlook and
         Ba1 by  Moody's  Investors  Service  Inc.  and  since  the date of this
         Agreement  there shall not have  occurred a  downgrading  in the rating
         assigned to the Securities by any  "nationally  recognized  statistical
         rating agency",  as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes
         of Rule 436(g)(2)  under the Securities  Act, and no such  organization
         shall have publicly announced that it has its rating of the Securities


<PAGE>



         under surveillance or review.

                  (k) The  information  in the  Final  Memorandum  shall  not be
         materially   inconsistent   with  the   information  in  the  documents
         incorporated  by reference  therein on file with the  Commission at the
         Execution Time.

                  If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not
have been  fulfilled  in all  material  respects  when and as  provided  in this
Agreement,  or if  any of the  opinions  and  certificates  mentioned  above  or
elsewhere in this  Agreement  shall not be in all material  respects  reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial  Purchaser and Counsel for the
Initial  Purchaser,  this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchaser
hereunder  may be cancelled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the
Initial Purchaser.  Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in
writing, by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing.

                  The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall
be  delivered  at the  office  of  Counsel  for the  Initial  Purchaser,  at 599
Lexington  Avenue,  New  York,  New York,  or such  other  place as the  Initial
Purchaser and the Company shall mutually agree, on the Closing Date.

                  7.  Reimbursement  of Expenses.  If the sale of the Securities
provided for herein is not consummated  because any condition to the obligations
of the Initial Purchaser set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because
of any  termination  pursuant  to Section  10 hereof or because of any  refusal,
inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement  herein
or comply  with any  provision  hereof  other than by reason of a default by the
Initial Purchaser in payment for the Securities on the Closing Date, the Company
will   reimburse  the  Initial   Purchaser   upon  demand  for  all   reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel)
that shall have been incurred by it in connection with the proposed purchase and
sale of the Securities.

                  8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to
indemnify  and hold harmless the Initial  Purchaser,  the  directors,  officers,
employees  and agents of the Initial  Purchaser and each person who controls the
Initial  Purchaser  within  the  meaning  of either  the  Securities  Act or the
Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint
or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation,  at
common law or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
(or  actions  in  respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue
statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in the Final
Memorandum  or  any  information  provided  by the  Company  to  any  holder  or
prospective  purchaser  of  Securities  pursuant  to  Section  5(h),  or in  any
amendment thereof or supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading,  and  agrees to
reimburse  each such  indemnified  party,  as  incurred,  for any legal or other
expenses  reasonably  incurred  by  them in  connection  with  investigating  or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,  however,
that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
loss, claim,  damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue
statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission made in
the Final  Memorandum,  or in any amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company by or on behalf of the  Initial  Purchaser  specifically  for  inclusion
therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the
Company may otherwise have.


<PAGE>



                  (b)  The  Initial  Purchaser  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold
harmless the Company, its directors,  its officers, and each person who controls
the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act,
to the same extent as the  foregoing  indemnity  from the Company to the Initial
Purchaser,  but only with  reference  to  written  information  relating  to the
Initial  Purchaser  furnished  to the  Company  by or on behalf  of the  Initial
Purchaser  specifically  for  inclusion  in  the  Final  Memorandum  (or  in any
amendment or supplement  thereto).  This indemnity agreement will be in addition
to any liability  which the Initial  Purchaser may otherwise  have.  The Company
acknowledges  that the  statements  set forth in the last paragraph of the cover
page and under  the  heading  "Plan of  Distribution"  in the  Final  Memorandum
constitute  the only  information  furnished  in  writing by or on behalf of the
Initial  Purchaser for inclusion in the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or
supplement thereto).

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such  indemnified  party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
under  this  Section  8,  notify  the  indemnifying  party  in  writing  of  the
commencement  thereof;  but the failure so to notify the indemnifying  party (i)
will not relieve the  indemnifying  party from liability  under paragraph (a) or
(b) above  unless  and to the extent the  indemnifying  party did not  otherwise
learn  of  such  action  and  such  failure  results  in the  forfeiture  by the
indemnifying  party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event,  relieve the  indemnifying  party from any obligations to any indemnified
party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b)
above.  The  indemnifying  party  shall be  entitled  to appoint  counsel of the
indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the
indemnified  party in any action for which  indemnification  is sought (in which
case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and
expenses of any separate  counsel  retained by the indemnified  party or parties
except as set forth  below);  provided,  however,  that  such  counsel  shall be
satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's
election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the
indemnified  party shall have the right to employ  separate  counsel  (including
local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs
and expenses of such  separate  counsel if (i) the use of counsel  chosen by the
indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel
with a conflict of  interest,  (ii) the actual or  potential  defendants  in, or
targets  of,  any  such  action  include  both  the  indemnified  party  and the
indemnifying  party and the indemnified  party shall have  reasonably  concluded
that  there  may be legal  defenses  available  to it and/or  other  indemnified
parties  which  are  different  from or  additional  to those  available  to the
indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
satisfactory to the indemnified  party to represent the indemnified party within
a  reasonable  time after notice of the  institution  of such action or (iv) the
indemnifying  party shall  authorize the  indemnified  party to employ  separate
counsel at the expense of the  indemnifying  party. An  indemnifying  party will
not,  without the prior written  consent of the indemnified  parties,  settle or
compromise  or consent to the entry of any judgment  with respect to any pending
or  threatened   claim,   action,   suit  or  proceeding  in  respect  of  which
indemnification  or  contribution  may be sought  hereunder  (whether or not the
indemnified  parties  are actual or  potential  parties to such claim or action)
unless such settlement,  compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim,  action,
suit or proceeding.

                  (d) In the event that the indemnity  provided in paragraph (a)
or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or  insufficient  to hold harmless an
indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Initial Purchaser agree to
contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including


<PAGE>



legal or other expenses  reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or
defending  same)  (collectively  "Losses")  to which the Company and the Initial
Purchaser  may be subject in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect the
relative  benefits received by the Company and by the Initial Purchaser from the
offering of the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall the Initial
Purchaser be  responsible  for any amount in excess of the purchase  discount or
commission  applicable  to the  Securities  purchased  by the Initial  Purchaser
hereunder.  If the allocation provided by the immediately  preceding sentence is
unavailable  for any  reason,  the  Company  and  the  Initial  Purchaser  shall
contribute  in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to  reflect  not only  such
relative  benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and of the Initial
Purchaser in connection  with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received
by the Company  shall be deemed to be equal to the total net  proceeds  from the
offering  (before  deducting  expenses),  and  benefits  received by the Initial
Purchaser  shall be  deemed  to be equal to the  total  purchase  discounts  and
commissions  received by the Initial  Purchaser  from the Company in  connection
with  the  purchase  of  the  Securities  hereunder.  Relative  fault  shall  be
determined  by  reference  to whether any alleged  untrue  statement or omission
relates to  information  provided by the Company or the Initial  Purchaser.  The
Company and the Initial  Purchaser agree that it would not be just and equitable
if  contribution  were  determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of
allocation which does not take account of the equitable  considerations referred
to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty
of  fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the  meaning of Section  11(f) of the
Securities  Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not
guilty of such  fraudulent  misrepresentation.  For  purposes of this Section 8,
each person who controls the Initial  Purchaser within the meaning of either the
Securities  Act or the Exchange  Act and each  director,  officer,  employee and
agent of the Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as the
Initial  Purchaser,  and each person who controls the Company within the meaning
of either the  Securities  Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director
of the  Company  shall  have the same  rights to  contribution  as the  Company,
subject in each case to the  applicable  terms and  conditions of this paragraph
(d).

                  9.    Intentionally Omitted.

                  10.   Termination.   This   Agreement   shall  be  subject  to
termination in the absolute discretion of the Initial Purchaser, by notice given
to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities,  if prior to
such time (i) trading in the Company's Common Stock shall have been suspended by
the  Commission  or the Nasdaq Stock  Market's  National  Market  ("Nasdaq")  or
trading in securities  generally on the New York Stock  Exchange or Nasdaq shall
have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been  established on
the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been
declared  either by federal or New York state  authorities  or (iii) there shall
have  occurred any outbreak or  escalation of  hostilities,  declaration  by the
United  States of a national  emergency  or war or other  calamity or crisis the
effect of which on  financial  markets is such as to make it, in the judgment of
the Initial Purchaser, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering
or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective
agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the
Company  or its  officers  and of the  Initial  Purchaser  set  forth in or made
pursuant to this Agreement  will remain in full force and effect,  regardless of
any  investigation  made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchaser or the Company
or any of the officers,  directors or controlling persons referred to in Section
8 hereof,  and will  survive  delivery of and payment  for the  Securities.  The
provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or


<PAGE>



cancellation of this Agreement.

                  12. Notices.  All communications  hereunder will be in writing
and effective only on receipt,  and, if sent to the Initial  Purchaser,  will be
mailed,  delivered or telecopied and confirmed to them, care of Salomon Brothers
Inc, at Seven World Trade Center,  New York,  New York 10048,  attention:  Legal
Department;  or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied
and confirmed to it at 555  Seventeenth  Street,  Suite 1000,  Denver,  Colorado
80202, attention: Drake Tempest, Esq.

                  13.  Successors.  This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their  respective  successors and the
officers and directors and controlling  persons referred to in Section 8 hereof,
and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof,  no other person will
have any right or obligation hereunder.

     14.  Applicable  Law. This  Agreement  will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     15. Business Day. For purposes of this Agreement, "business day" means each
Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Thursday  and  Friday  that is not a day on which
banking  institutions  in The  City of New  York,  New York  are  authorized  or
obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

     16.   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  each of which  will be  deemed  to be an  original,  but all such
counterparts will together constitute one and the same instrument.

                  If the foregoing is in accordance with your  understanding  of
our  agreement,  please  sign and return to us the  enclosed  duplicate  hereof,
whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement
between the Company and you.

Date: November 19, 1998                         Very truly yours,

                                                QWEST COMMUNICATIONS
                                                INTERNATIONAL INC.


                                                By    /s/ Robert S. Woodruff
                                                Name: Robert S. Woodruff
                                                Title:Chief Financial Officer



The  foregoing  Agreement is hereby  confirmed and accepted as of the date first
above written.

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.



By  /s/
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>





                                                          A-1

                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                                                      Term Sheet



<PAGE>




                                                          B-1

                                                                     EXHIBIT B

                       Selling Restrictions for Offers and
                         Sales outside the United States

                  (1)  (a)  The  Securities  have  not  been  and  will  not  be
registered  under the  Securities  Act and may not be offered or sold within the
United  States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S.  persons  except in
accordance  with  Regulation  S  under  the  Securities  Act or  pursuant  to an
exemption from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act. The Initial
Purchaser  represents and agrees that, except as otherwise  permitted by Section
4(a)(i) of the  Agreement  to which this is an exhibit,  it has offered and sold
the  Securities,  and will  offer  and sell the  Securities,  (i) as part of its
distribution at any time and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the
commencement  of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule
903 of Regulation S under the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Initial Purchaser
represents  and agrees that neither it, nor any of its affiliates nor any person
acting on its behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed  selling efforts
with  respect to the  Securities,  and that it has complied and will comply with
the offering  restrictions  requirement  of Regulation S. The Initial  Purchaser
agrees that, at or prior to the confirmation of sale of Securities (other than a
sale of Securities pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is
an exhibit), it shall have sent to each distributor,  dealer or person receiving
a selling concession,  fee or other remuneration that purchases  Securities from
it during the restricted  period a confirmation or notice to  substantially  the
following effect:

                  "The Securities  covered hereby have not been registered under
                  the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and may
                  not be offered or sold within the United  States or to, or for
                  the account or benefit  of, U.S.  persons (i) as part of their
                  distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after
                  the later of the commencement of the offering and November 27,
                  1998, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S or
                  Rule 144A under the Securities  Act. Terms used above have the
                  meanings given to them by Regulation S."

                  (b) The Initial  Purchaser also  represents and agrees that it
has not entered  and will not enter into any  contractual  arrangement  with any
distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities,  except with its
affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Company.

                  (c) Terms used in this section have the meanings given to them
by Regulation S.

                  (2) The Initial Purchaser represents, warrants and agrees that
(i) it has not offered or sold,  and will not offer or sell,  any  Securities to
persons  in the United  Kingdom,  except to persons  whose  ordinary  activities
involve them in acquiring,  holding,  managing or disposing of  investments  (as
principal or agent) for the purposes of their business or in circumstances which
have not  resulted  and will not  result in an offer to the public in the United
Kingdom  within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities  Regulation  1995
(the  "Regulations"),  (ii) it has complied and will comply with all  applicable
provisions  of the  Financial  Services  Act 1986 of the United  Kingdom and the
Regulations  with respect to anything  done by it in relation to the  Securities
in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom, and (iii) it has only issued
or passed  on,  and will  only  issue or pass on,  to any  person in the  United
Kingdom any


<PAGE>



document  received by it in connection  with the issue of the Securities if that
person is of a kind  described in Article  11(3) of the  Financial  Services Act
1986 (Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a person to whom
the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.




                                                                     Exhibit 5.1
February __, 1999



  Securities and Exchange Commission
  Judiciary Plaza
  450 Fifth Street, N.W.
  Washington, D.C. 20549

     Re:  Qwest Communications International Inc.
          Form S-4 Registration Statement Filed February __, 1999

  Ladies and Gentlemen:

   As  counsel  for  Qwest   Communications   International   Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), we have examined the above-referenced  Registration
Statement  on Form S-4  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Registration Statement"),  which the Company has filed covering the exchange of
the  Company's  7.25%  Series B Senior  Discount  Notes Due 2008 (the  "Exchange
Notes")  for its  outstanding  7.25%  Senior  Discount  Notes Due 2008 (the "Old
Notes")

   We  have  examined  the  Company's   Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
Incorporation, By-Laws and the record of its corporate proceedings and have made
such other  investigation  as we have deemed  necessary  in order to express the
opinions set forth below.

   Based on such investigation,  it is our opinion that the Exchange Notes, when
sold as described in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, will
be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

   We hereby consent to all references to us in the  Registration  Statement and
all amendments to the Registration  Statement.  We further consent to the use of
this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                  HOLME ROBERTS & OWEN LLP

                 By:  /s/ Nick Nimmo
                      ------------------------
                     Nick Nimmo

                                                         5.1-1


                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.1

February __, 1999

  Qwest Communications International Inc.
  555 Seventeenth Street, Suite 1000
  Denver, Colorado  80202

       Re: 7.25% Series B Notes Due 2008
            Form S-4 Registration Statement
            Filed February __, 1999

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This  opinion  is  given  in  connection  with the  proposed  offering  by Qwest
Communications  International  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),
of Senior Discount Notes Due 2008, as described in the registration statement on
Form S-4 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February __,
1999 (the "Registration Statement").  Capitalized terms used in this letter that
are not otherwise  defined  herein have the same  meanings  given to them in the
Registration Statement.

Our opinion is based on the current  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986,   as  amended  (the   "Code"),   the   applicable   Treasury   regulations
("Regulations"),  and public administrative and judicial  interpretations of the
Code and Regulations, all of which are subject to change, which changes could be
applied  retroactively.  Our opinion also is based on the facts set forth in the
Registration  Statement,  the Note  Documents  (as that term is  defined  in the
representation  letter,  dated February __, 1999, from you), which we assume set
forth the complete  agreement among the parties with respect to the 7.25% Notes,
and on certain  representations from you with respect to factual matters,  which
representations  we have not  independently  verified.  We assume  that all Note
Documents  have been or will be properly  executed and will be valid and binding
when executed.

We have prepared the discussion included in the Registration Statement under the
caption  "Certain  United States Federal Income Tax  Considerations."  It is our
opinion that the  discussion  under that caption  describes the material  United
States  federal  income  tax  consequences  expected  to result to the  Holders,
subject to the conditions and limitations described therein.

The discussion does not cover all aspects of United States federal taxation that
may be relevant  to, or the actual tax effect that any of the matters  described
therein will have on, any particular  Holder,  and it does not address  foreign,
state,  or  local  tax  consequences.  The  discussion  does not  cover  the tax
consequences  that might be  applicable  to Holders  that are subject to special
rules under the Code (including insurance companies,  tax-exempt  organizations,
mutual funds, retirement plans, financial institutions, dealers in securities or
foreign  currency,  persons that hold the 7.25% Notes as part of a "straddle" or
as  a  "hedge"  against  currency  risk  or  in  connection  with  a  conversion
transaction,  persons  that have a  functional  currency  other  than the United
States dollar,  investors in pass-through  entities,  traders in securities that
elect to mark to market,  and except as expressly  addressed  therein,  Non-U.S.
Holders).  The discussion  does not address the United States federal income tax
consequences that may result from a modification of the 7.25% Notes.



<PAGE>



Our opinion may change if the applicable  law changes,  if any of the facts with
respect to the 7.25% Notes (as included in the Registration Statement,  the Note
Documents, and the representations made by you) are inaccurate,  incomplete,  or
change,  or if the conduct of the parties is  materially  inconsistent  with the
facts  reflected  in the  Registration  Statement,  the Note  Documents,  or the
representations.

Our  opinion  represents  only our legal  judgment  based on current law and the
facts as  described  above.  Our opinion has no binding  effect on the  Internal
Revenue Service or the courts.  The Service may take a position  contrary to our
opinion,  and if the matter is litigated,  a court may reach a decision contrary
to the opinion.

We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion  letter with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement and to the use
of our name therein.

  Very truly yours,

  HOLME ROBERTS & OWEN LLP


  By:/s/Charles B. Bruce, Jr.
     -----------------------------
     Charles B. Bruce, Jr. Partner

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.
        CALCULATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
              (Amounts in millions, except ratios)
                          (unaudited)


                                               Nine Months Ended                                     Year Ended
                                                    Sept. 30,                                       December 31,
                                             ---------------------              ----------------------------------------
                                             1998              1997             1997     1996    1995     1994      1993
                                             ----              ----             ----     ----    ----     ----      ----
<S>                                          <C>              <C>               <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>

Income (loss) before income taxes           (837.0)           4.5               $23.6    $(10.2) $(38.5)  $(10.7)   $111.7

Add:
   Interest on debt, net of
     capitalized interest                     62.3            8.9                18.9       7.0     4.3      0.2       3.3
   Interest expense portion of
     rental expense                            5.1            1.4                 2.1       1.7     1.5      1.0       1.2
                                           -------          -----               -----     -----  ------    -----    ------
Earnings available for  fixed              $(769.6)         $14.8               $44.6     $(1.5) $(32.7)   $(9.5)   $116.2
charges                                    =======          =====               =====     =====  ======    =====    ======

Fixed charges:
  Interest on debt                          $ 89.3          $20.1               $36.6     $ 9.4  $  6.2    $ 0.5    $  3.3
  Interest expense portion of                  5.1            1.4                 2.1       1.7     1.5      1.0       1.2
    rental expense
  Preferred stock dividend                      -              -                   -         -       -        -       16.0
                                            -------         -----               -----     -----  ------    -----    ------
Total fixed charges        .                $ 94.4          $21.5               $38.7     $11.1   $ 7.7    $ 1.5     $20.5
                                            =======         =====               =====     =====  ======    =====    ======
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(1)                                     -              -                  1.15      -         -      -         5.67

(1)      Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $864.0 and $6.7 million for the nine-month periods
         ended September  30, 1998 and 1997, respectively, and $12.6 million, $40.4 million and $11.0 million for
         the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.


<PAGE>



</TABLE>




                                                                    Exhibit 23.1


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

  The Board of Directors
  Qwest Communications International Inc.:

     We consent to the use of our report,  dated February 24, 1998, except as to
note 22,  which is as of March 8, 1998,  relating  to the  consolidated  balance
sheets  of  Qwest  Communications  International  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of
December  31,  1997  and  1996,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of
operations,  stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1997, incorporated herein by reference, and
of our report,  dated February 24, 1998,  pertaining to the related consolidated
financial  statement  schedule  incorporated  herein  by  reference,  and to the
reference to our firm under the heading "EXPERTS" in the Registration Statement.



KPMG LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 1999


                                                                    Exhibit 23.2



               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     We have  issued  our report  dated  February  19,  1998,  accompanying  the
consolidated financial statements of Phoenix Network Inc. and subsidiaries as of
December  31,  1996 and  1997,  and for each of the  years in the  period  ended
December 31, 1997, appearing in the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to
the use of our report on the aforementioned consolidated financial statements in
the  Registration  Statement  and to the use of our name as it appears under the
caption "Experts."


GRANT THORNTON LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 24, 1999.


<PAGE>








                                                                    Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


     As independent public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the incorporation
by reference in this  registration  statement of our reports dated  February 16,
1998 (except  with  respect to the matter  discussed in Note 15, as to which the
date is March 16, 1998) included in Qwest  Communications  International  Inc.'s
Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 Registration Statement File No. 333-49915 and to all
references to our Firm included in this registration statement.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Columbus, Ohio
February 24, 1999




                                                        23.3-1





                                                                    Exhibit 23.4
 Consent of Independent Accountants


We  hereby  consent  to  the   incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Prospectus
constituting  part  of  this  Registration   Statement  on  Form  S-4  of  Qwest
Communications  International  Inc. ("Qwest") of our report dated March 6, 1998,
except as to the acquisition and restatement described in Note 2, which is as of
September 30, 1998,  relating to the consolidated  financial  statements of Icon
CMT Corp., which is incorporated by reference in Qwest's Registration  Statement
on Form S-3 (No.  333-58617)  dated  December 9, 1998 from Qwest's  Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-65095) dated September 30, 1998 (the "Form S-4").
We also consent to the  application  of such report to the  Financial  Statement
Schedule of Icon CMT Corp.  for the three years  ended  December  31, 1997 under
item 21(b) of the Form S-4 when such  schedule is read in  conjunction  with the
consolidated financial statements referred to in our report. The audits referred
to in such report also included this schedule.  We also consent to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in the Form S-4.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 24, 1999

                                                        23.4-1





                                                                    Exhibit 23.5

                         Consent of Independent Auditors

We  consent to the  reference  to our firm under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Registration   Statement   (Form  S-4  No.   _____)   of  Qwest   Communications
International  Inc. and to the  incorporation by reference therein of our report
dated  February 14, 1998,  with respect to the financial  statements of Frontier
Media Group, Inc.  included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration  Statement of
Qwest Communications International  Inc. (Form S-4 No. 333-65095) dated December
10, 1998, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 24, 1999








                                                        23.5-1




                                                                    Exhibit 23.6
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to inclusion in the  Registration  Statement of Qwest  Communications
International  Inc. on Form S-4 of our report dated  September 26, 1997 relating
to the  balance  sheet of  SuperNet,  Inc.  as of June 30,  1997 and the related
statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
year then  ended.  We also  consent  to the  reference  to us under the  heading
"EXPERTS" in such Registration Statement.



Dollinger, Smith & Co.
Englewood, Colorado
February 24, 1999




                                                        23.6-1



                                                                 EXHIBIT 25.1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------
                                    FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION
DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) ___________

                         ------------------------------

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK                                                        13-4941247
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or                            (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national bank)                    Identification no.)

FOUR ALBANY STREET
NEW YORK, NEW YORK                                                         10006
(Address of principal                                                 (Zip Code)
executive offices)

                              Bankers Trust Company
                                Legal Department
                         130 Liberty Street, 31st Floor
                            New York, New York 10006
                                 (212) 250-2201
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                        ---------------------------------



<PAGE>



                     QWEST COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE                                                       84-1339282
 (State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. employer identification
Incorporation or organization)                                  no.)


                                 700 Qwest Tower
                             555 Seventeenth Street
                             Denver, Colorado 80202
                                 (303) 992-1400
                        (Address, including zip code, and
                telephone number of principal executive offices)

                    $300,000,000 7.25% Senior Notes due 2008
                       (Title of the indenture securities)

Item   1.         General Information.
                  Furnish the following information as to the trustee.

                        (a)        Name and address of each examining or
                                   supervising authority to which it is subject.

                  Name                                                  Address

                  Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District)               New York, NY
                  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation         Washington, D.C.
                  New York State Banking Department                   Albany, NY

                  (b) Whether  it is  authorized  to  exercise  corporate  trust
                      powers.
                           Yes.

Item   2.         Affiliations with Obligor.

                  If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee,  describe  each
such affiliation.

                  None.

Item 3. -15.      Not Applicable

Item  16.         List of Exhibits.

                        Exhibit     1 -  Restated  Organization  Certificate  of
                                    Bankers  Trust Company dated August 7, 1990,
                                    Certificate of Amendment of the Organization
                                    Certificate  of Bankers  Trust Company dated
                                    June  21,  1995  -  Incorporated  herein  by
                                    reference  to  Exhibit 1 filed with Form T-1
                                    Statement,    Registration   No.   33-65171,
                                    Certificate of Amendment of the Organization
                                    Certificate  of Bankers  Trust Company dated
                                    March 20, 1996, incorporate by referenced to
                                    Exhibit  1 filed  with  Form T-1  Statement,
                                    Registration  No.  333-25843 and Certificate
                                    of Amendment of the Organization Certificate
                                    of  Bankers  Trust  Company  dated  June 19,
                                    1997, copy attached.



<PAGE>



                         Exhibit    2 -  Certificate  of  Authority  to commence
                                    business - Incorporated  herein by reference
                                    to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1  Statement,
                                    Registration No. 33-21047.


                         Exhibit 3  - Authorization of the Trustee to exercise
                                    corporate trust powers  Incorporated  herein
                                    by  reference  to  Exhibit 2 filed with Form
                                    T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-21047.

                         Exhibit 4  -  Existing   By-Laws  of  Bankers  Trust
                                    Company, as amended on November 18, 1997.
                                    Copy attached.

                         Exhibit 5  - Not applicable.

                         Exhibit 6  -  Consent  of  Bankers   Trust   Company
                                    required  by  Section  321(b)  of  the  Act.
                                    Incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit
                                    4   filed    with   Form   T-1    Statement,
                                    Registration No. 22-18864.

                         Exhibit 7  -  The  latest  report  of  condition  of
                                    Bankers  Trust Company dated as of September
                                    30, 1998. Copy attached.

                         Exhibit 8  -  Not Applicable.

                         Exhibit 9  -  Not Applicable.


                                                     SIGNATURE

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as
amended,  the trustee,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  a  corporation  organized  and
existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement
of  eligibility  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this 29th day
of January, 1999


                                          BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                                          By:  ___________________
                                                   Susan Johnson
                                          Assistant Vice President

                                    SIGNATURE

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as
amended,  the trustee,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  a  corporation  organized  and
existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement
of  eligibility  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this 29th day
of January, 1999.


                                 BANKERS TRUST COMPANY



<PAGE>



                                          /s/ Susan Johnson /s/
                                 By:      Susan Johnson
                                          Assistant Vice President

                                                State of New York,
                                                Banking Department

         I, MANUEL KURSKY,  Deputy  Superintendent  of Banks of the State of New
York,  DO HEREBY  APPROVE  the  annexed  Certificate  entitled  "CERTIFICATE  OF
AMENDMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY Under Section
8005 of the Banking  Law,"  dated June 19,  1997,  providing  for an increase in
authorized  capital stock from  $1,601,666,670  consisting of 100,166,667 shares
with a par value of $10 each  designated  as Common  Stock and 600 shares with a
par  value  of  $1,000,000  each   designated  as  Series   Preferred  Stock  to
$2,001,666,670  consisting  of  100,166,667  shares with a par value of $10 each
designated as Common Stock and 1,000 shares with a par value of $1,000,000  each
designated as Series Preferred Stock.

Witness,  my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New
York,  this 27th day of June in the Year of our Lord one  thousand  nine hundred
and ninety-seven.

                                                  Manuel Kursky
                         Deputy Superintendent of Banks



<PAGE>




                                             CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                                      OF THE

                                             ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE

                                                 OF BANKERS TRUST

                                       Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law

                                           -----------------------------

We, James T. Byrne, Jr. and Lea Lahtinen, being respectively a Managing Director
and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, do hereby certify:

         1. The name of the corporation is Bankers Trust Company.

         2. The  organization  certificate of said  corporation was filed by the
Superintendent of Banks on the 5th of march, 1903.

         3. The organization certificate as heretofore amended is hereby amended
to increase  the  aggregate  number of shares which the  corporation  shall have
authority to issue and to increase the amount of its authorized capital stock in
conformity therewith.

         4. Article III of the  organization  certificate  with reference to the
authorized  capital  stock,  the number of shares into which the  capital  stock
shall be divided, the par value of the shares and the capital stock outstanding,
which reads as follows:

         "III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to
         have is One Billion, Six Hundred and One Million, Six Hundred Sixty-Six
         Thousand,  Six Hundred Seventy Dollars  ($1,601,666,670),  divided into
         One  Hundred  Million,  One  Hundred  Sixty-Six  Thousand,  Six Hundred
         Sixty-Seven   (100,166,667)  shares  with  a  par  value  of  $10  each
         designated  as  Common  Stock  and 600  shares  with a par value of One
         Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  each  designated  as  Series  Preferred
         Stock."

is hereby amended to read as follows:

         "III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to
         have is Two Billion One Million,  Six Hundred Sixty-Six  Thousand,  Six
         Hundred  Seventy  Dollars  ($2,001,666,670),  divided  into One Hundred
         Million,  One  Hundred  Sixty-Six  Thousand,  Six  Hundred  Sixty-Seven
         (100,166,667)  shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common
         Stock  and  1000  shares  with  a par  value  of  One  Million  Dollars
         ($1,000,000) each designated as Series Preferred Stock."

         5.  The  foregoing  amendment  of  the  organization   certificate  was
authorized by unanimous  written consent signed by the holder of all outstanding
shares entitled to vote thereon.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have made and subscribed this certificate this
19th day of June, 1997.


                               James T. Byrne, Jr.
                               James T. Byrne, Jr.
                                Managing Director


<PAGE>




                                  Lea Lahtinen
                                                 Lea Lahtinen
                                                 Assistant Secretary

State of New York )
                           )  ss:
County of New York         )

         Lea  Lahtinen,  being  fully  sworn,  deposes  and says  that she is an
Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company,  the corporation  described in the
foregoing certificate; that she has read the foregoing certificate and knows the
contents thereof, and that the statements herein contained are true.

                                  Lea Lahtinen
                                  Lea Lahtinen

Sworn to before me this 19th day of June, 1997.


         Sandra L. West
         Notary Public

            SANDRA L. WEST
   Notary Public State of New York
            No. 31-4942101
     Qualified in New York County
Commission Expires September 19, 1998


                                                      BY-LAWS






                                                 NOVEMBER 18, 1997









                                               Bankers Trust Company
                                                     New York


                                                      BY-LAWS
                                                        of
                                               Bankers Trust Company

                                                     ARTICLE I

                                             MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS


SECTION 1. The annual meeting of the  stockholders of this Company shall be held


<PAGE>



at the office of the Company in the Borough of  Manhattan,  City of New York, on
the third  Tuesday in January of each year,  for the election of  directors  and
such other business as may properly come before said meeting.

SECTION 2.  Special  meetings  of  stockholders  other than those  regulated  by
statute  may be called at any time by a majority of the  directors.  It shall be
the duty of the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the Chief  Executive  Officer  or the
President  to call such  meetings  whenever  requested  in  writing  to do so by
stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock.

SECTION 3. At all meetings of  stockholders,  there shall be present,  either in
person or by proxy,  stockholders  owning a majority of the capital stock of the
Company,  in order to  constitute  a quorum,  except  at  special  elections  of
directors,  as  provided  by law,  but less than a quorum  shall  have  power to
adjourn any meeting.

SECTION 4. The  Chairman of the Board or, in his  absence,  the Chief  Executive
Officer or, in his  absence,  the  President  or, in their  absence,  the senior
officer present,  shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and shall direct
the proceedings and the order of business.  The Secretary shall act as secretary
of such meetings and record the proceedings.


                                                    ARTICLE II

                                                     DIRECTORS


SECTION 1. The affairs of the Company shall be managed and its corporate  powers
exercised by a Board of Directors  consisting of such number of  directors,  but
not less than ten nor more than  twenty-five,  as may from time to time be fixed
by resolution  adopted by a majority of the directors then in office,  or by the
stockholders.  In  the  event  of  any  increase  in the  number  of  directors,
additional  directors may be elected within the limitations so fixed,  either by
the  stockholders  or within the  limitations  imposed by law,  by a majority of
directors  then in office.  One-third of the number of directors,  as fixed from
time to time, shall constitute a quorum. Any one or more members of the Board of
Directors or any Committee  thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of
Directors  or Committee  thereof by means of a  conference  telephone or similar
communications  equipment which allows all persons  participating in the meeting
to  hear  each  other  at the  same  time.  Participation  by such  means  shall
constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

All directors  hereafter elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting
of the  stockholders  and until their successors are elected and have qualified.
No person  who shall have  attained  age 72 shall be  eligible  to be elected or
re-elected a director.  Such  director  may,  however,  remain a director of the
Company until the next annual meeting of the  stockholders  of Bankers Trust New
York Corporation (the Company's parent) so that such director's  retirement will
coincide with the retirement date from Bankers Trust New York Corporation.

No Officer-Director  who shall have attained age 65, or earlier relinquishes his
responsibilities and title, shall be eligible to serve as a director.

SECTION 2. Vacancies not exceeding one-third of the whole number of the Board of
Directors may be filled by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the directors
then in office,  and the  directors so elected shall hold office for the balance
of the unexpired term.

SECTION 3. The  Chairman of the Board shall  preside at meetings of the Board of
Directors.  In his absence, the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, such


<PAGE>



other director as the Board of Directors  from time to time may designate  shall
preside at such meetings.

SECTION 4. The Board of Directors may adopt such Rules and  Regulations  for the
conduct of its meetings and the  management  of the affairs of the Company as it
may deem proper,  not  inconsistent  with the laws of the State of New York,  or
these By-Laws,  and all officers and employees  shall strictly adhere to, and be
bound by, such Rules and Regulations.

SECTION 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held from time to
time on the third  Tuesday of the month.  If the day  appointed for holding such
regular  meetings  shall be a legal holiday,  the regular  meeting to be held on
such day shall be held on the next business day thereafter.  Special meetings of
the Board of Directors may be called upon at least two day's notice  whenever it
may be deemed  proper by the  Chairman  of the  Board  or,  the Chief  Executive
Officer or, in their  absence,  by such other director as the Board of Directors
may have designated  pursuant to Section 3 of this Article,  and shall be called
upon like notice whenever any three of the directors so request in writing.

SECTION 6. The  compensation  of directors  as such or as members of  committees
shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.


                                                    ARTICLE III

                                                    COMMITTEES


SECTION 1. There shall be an Executive  Committee of the Board consisting of not
less  than  five  directors  who  shall be  appointed  annually  by the Board of
Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Executive
Committee.  In his absence, the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, such
other member of the Committee as the  Committee  from time to time may designate
shall preside at such meetings.

The Executive  Committee  shall possess and exercise to the extent  permitted by
law all of the powers of the Board of  Directors,  except  when the latter is in
session, and shall keep minutes of its proceedings,  which shall be presented to
the Board of Directors at its next subsequent meeting.  All acts done and powers
and authority  conferred by the Executive  Committee  from time to time shall be
and be  deemed  to be,  and may be  certified  as  being,  the act and under the
authority of the Board of Directors.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, but the Committee may act
only by the concurrent vote of not less than one-third of its members,  at least
one of whom must be a director other than an officer. Any one or more directors,
even though not members of the  Executive  Committee,  may attend any meeting of
the Committee,  and the member or members of the Committee present,  even though
less  than a  quorum,  may  designate  any one or more  of such  directors  as a
substitute or substitutes for any absent member or members of the Committee, and
each such substitute or substitutes shall be counted for quorum, voting, and all
other purposes as a member or members of the Committee.

SECTION 2. There shall be an Audit  Committee  appointed  annually by resolution
adopted by a majority of the entire  Board of Directors  which shall  consist of
such number of directors,  who are not also officers of the Company, as may from
time to time be fixed by  resolution  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors.  The
Chairman shall be designated by the Board of Directors, who shall also from time
to time fix a quorum for meetings of the Committee. Such Committee shall conduct
the annual  directors'  examinations  of the Company as required by the New York
State Banking Law; shall review the reports of all examinations made of the


<PAGE>



Company by public authorities and report thereon to the Board of Directors;  and
shall report to the Board of Directors such other matters as it deems  advisable
with  respect to the  Company,  its various  departments  and the conduct of its
operations.

In the performance of its duties, the Audit Committee may employ or retain, from
time to time, expert assistants, independent of the officers or personnel of the
Company,  to  make  studies  of the  Company's  assets  and  liabilities  as the
Committee may request and to make an  examination of the accounting and auditing
methods of the  Company and its system of  internal  protective  controls to the
extent  considered  necessary  or  advisable  in  order  to  determine  that the
operations  of the  Company,  including  its  fiduciary  departments,  are being
audited  by the  General  Auditor  in such a manner as to  provide  prudent  and
adequate  protection.  The Committee also may direct the General Auditor to make
such  investigation  as it deems  necessary  or  advisable  with  respect to the
Company,  its  various  departments  and  the  conduct  of its  operations.  The
Committee shall hold regular quarterly meetings and during the intervals thereof
shall meet at other times on call of the Chairman.

SECTION 3. The Board of  Directors  shall  have the power to  appoint  any other
Committees as may seem  necessary,  and from time to time to suspend or continue
the powers and duties of such Committees.  Each Committee  appointed pursuant to
this Article shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

                                                    ARTICLE IV

                                                     OFFICERS

SECTION 1. The Board of Directors shall elect from among their number a Chairman
of the Board and a Chief  Executive  Officer;  and shall also elect a President,
and may also elect a Senior Vice  Chairman,  one or more Vice  Chairmen,  one or
more Executive Vice Presidents,  one or more Senior Managing  Directors,  one or
more  Managing  Directors,  one or  more  Senior  Vice  Presidents,  one or more
Principals,  one or more  Vice  Presidents,  one or  more  General  Managers,  a
Secretary,  a Controller,  a Treasurer, a General Counsel, one or more Associate
General Counsels,  a General Auditor, a General Credit Auditor,  and one or more
Deputy Auditors, who need not be directors.  The officers of the corporation may
also  include such other  officers or  assistant  officers as shall from time to
time be elected or  appointed  by the Board.  The  Chairman  of the Board or the
Chief  Executive  Officer or, in their absence,  the President,  the Senior Vice
Chairman or any Vice Chairman, may from time to time appoint assistant officers.
All officers  elected or  appointed  by the Board of Directors  shall hold their
respective  offices  during  the  pleasure  of the Board of  Directors,  and all
assistant  officers  shall  hold  office  at the  pleasure  of the  Board or the
Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive  Officer or, in their absence,  the
President, the Senior Vice Chairman or any Vice Chairman. The Board of Directors
may require any and all officers and employees to give security for the faithful
performance of their duties.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors shall designate the Chief Executive Officer of
the  Company  who may also hold the  additional  title of Chairman of the Board,
President,  Senior Vice  Chairman or Vice  Chairman  and such person shall have,
subject  to the  supervision  and  direction  of the Board of  Directors  or the
Executive Committee, all of the powers vested in such Chief Executive Officer by
law or by these By-Laws,  or which usually attach or pertain to such office. The
other officers shall have, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board
of  Directors  or the  Executive  Committee or the Chairman of the Board or, the
Chief Executive Officer, the powers vested by law or by these By-Laws in them as
holders of their respective  offices and, in addition,  shall perform such other
duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors  or the  Executive
Committee or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.


<PAGE>



The General Auditor shall be responsible,  through the Audit  Committee,  to the
Board of Directors for the  determination  of the program of the internal  audit
function and the evaluation of the adequacy of the system of internal  controls.
Subject  to the Board of  Directors,  the  General  Auditor  shall  have and may
exercise  all the powers and shall  perform all the duties  usual to such office
and shall have such other  powers as may be  prescribed  or assigned to him from
time to time by the  Board  of  Directors  or  vested  in him by law or by these
By-Laws. He shall perform such other duties and shall make such  investigations,
examinations  and  reports  as may  be  prescribed  or  required  by  the  Audit
Committee. The General Auditor shall have unrestricted access to all records and
premises of the Company and shall delegate such  authority to his  subordinates.
He  shall  have  the  duty to  report  to the  Audit  Committee  on all  matters
concerning the internal audit program and the adequacy of the system of internal
controls of the Company  which he deems  advisable or which the Audit  Committee
may request.  Additionally, the General Auditor shall have the duty of reporting
independently  of all  officers of the Company to the Audit  Committee  at least
quarterly on any matters  concerning the internal audit program and the adequacy
of the system of internal  controls of the Company that should be brought to the
attention of the  directors  except those matters  responsibility  for which has
been vested in the General Credit  Auditor.  Should the General Auditor deem any
matter to be of special immediate importance,  he shall report thereon forthwith
to the Audit Committee.  The General Auditor shall report to the Chief Financial
Officer only for administrative purposes.

The General Credit Auditor shall be responsible to the Chief  Executive  Officer
and, through the Audit  Committee,  to the Board of Directors for the systems of
internal  credit audit,  shall perform such other duties as the Chief  Executive
Officer may prescribe,  and shall make such  examinations  and reports as may be
required  by  the  Audit  Committee.  The  General  Credit  Auditor  shall  have
unrestricted   access  to  all  records  and  may  delegate  such  authority  to
subordinates.

SECTION 3. The  compensation  of all officers  shall be fixed under such plan or
plans of position evaluation and salary administration as shall be approved from
time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. The Board of Directors,  the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive  Officer or any person authorized for this purpose by
the Chief  Executive  Officer,  shall appoint or engage all other  employees and
agents and fix their  compensation.  The  employment  of all such  employees and
agents  shall  continue  during the  pleasure of the Board of  Directors  or the
Executive  Committee or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer
or any such  authorized  person;  and the  Board  of  Directors,  the  Executive
Committee,  the Chairman of the Board,  the Chief Executive  Officer or any such
authorized person may discharge any such employees and agents at will.


                                    ARTICLE V

                INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

SECTION 1. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 7018 of
the New York Banking Law, indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened
to be made,  a party to an  action or  proceeding,  whether  civil or  criminal,
whether  involving any actual or alleged breach of duty,  neglect or error,  any
accountability,  or any actual or alleged misstatement,  misleading statement or
other  act or  omission  and  whether  brought  or  threatened  in any  court or
administrative  or legislative body or agency,  including an action by or in the
right of the  Company to procure a judgment  in its favor and an action by or in
the right of any other corporation of any type or kind,  domestic or foreign, or
any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other


<PAGE>



enterprise,  which any director or officer of the Company is servicing or served
in any capacity at the request of the Company by reason of the fact that he, his
testator or  intestate,  is or was a director or officer of the  Company,  or is
serving or served such other  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust,
employee  benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity,  against  judgments,
fines, amounts paid in settlement,  and costs,  charges and expenses,  including
attorneys'   fees,  or  any  appeal   therein;   provided,   however,   that  no
indemnification  shall be  provided  to any such  person if a judgment  or other
final adjudication  adverse to the director or officer  establishes that (i) his
acts were  committed  in bad faith or were the result of active  and  deliberate
dishonesty  and,  in  either  case,  were  material  to the  cause of  action so
adjudicated,  or (ii) he personally  gained in fact a financial  profit or other
advantage to which he was not legally entitled.

SECTION 2. The Company  may  indemnify  any other  person to whom the Company is
permitted  to  provide   indemnification  or  the  advancement  of  expenses  by
applicable law,  whether pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by,
the New  York  Banking  Law or  other  rights  created  by (i) a  resolution  of
stockholders,  (ii) a resolution of directors,  or (iii) an agreement  providing
for such  indemnification,  it  being  expressly  intended  that  these  By-Laws
authorize the creation of other rights in any such manner.

SECTION 3. The Company  shall,  from time to time,  reimburse  or advance to any
person  referred to in Section 1 the funds  necessary  for payment of  expenses,
including  attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any action or proceeding
referred to in Section 1, upon receipt of a written  undertaking by or on behalf
of such person to repay such amount(s) if a judgment or other final adjudication
adverse to the director or officer  establishes that (i) his acts were committed
in bad faith or were the  result of active and  deliberate  dishonesty  and,  in
either case,  were  material to the cause of action so  adjudicated,  or (ii) he
personally  gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was
not legally entitled.

SECTION  4.  Any  director  or  officer  of  the  Company  serving  (i)  another
corporation,  of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election
of its  directors is held by the Company,  or (ii) any employee  benefit plan of
the Company or any  corporation  referred to in clause (i) in any capacity shall
be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company.  In all other cases, the
provisions of this Article V will apply (i) only if the person  serving  another
corporation or any partnership,  joint venture,  trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise so served at the specific request of the Company,  evidenced by
a written communication signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer or the President,  and (ii) only if and to the extent that, after making
such efforts as the Chairman of the Board,  the Chief  Executive  Officer or the
President shall deem adequate in the circumstances,  such person shall be unable
to obtain indemnification from such other enterprise or its insurer.

SECTION 5. Any person  entitled to be  indemnified  or to the  reimbursement  or
advancement  of  expenses as a matter of right  pursuant  to this  Article V may
elect  to have  the  right  to  indemnification  (or  advancement  of  expenses)
interpreted  on the  basis  of the  applicable  law in  effect  at the  time  of
occurrence  of the event or events giving rise to the action or  proceeding,  to
the extent  permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at
the time indemnification is sought.

SECTION 6. The right to be indemnified or to the reimbursement or advancement of
expense pursuant to this Article V (i) is a contract right pursuant to which the
person  entitled  thereto  may bring suit as if the  provisions  hereof were set
forth in a separate  written  contract  between the Company and the  director or
officer,  (ii) is intended to be retroactive and shall be available with respect
to events occurring prior to the adoption hereof, and (iii) shall continue to


<PAGE>



exist after the  rescission or restrictive  modification  hereof with respect to
events occurring prior thereto.

SECTION  7.  If a  request  to  be  indemnified  or  for  the  reimbursement  or
advancement  of  expenses  pursuant  hereto  is not paid in full by the  Company
within thirty days after a written  claim has been received by the Company,  the
claimant  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the Company to recover
the  unpaid  amount of the claim and,  if  successful  in whole or in part,  the
claimant  shall be entitled  also to be paid the  expenses of  prosecuting  such
claim.  Neither the failure of the Company  (including  its Board of  Directors,
independent  legal counsel,  or its  stockholders)  to have made a determination
prior  to  the   commencement  of  such  action  that   indemnification   of  or
reimbursement  or  advancement  of  expenses  to the  claimant  is proper in the
circumstance, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of
Directors,  independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant is
not  entitled to  indemnification  or to the  reimbursement  or  advancement  of
expenses,  shall be a defense  to the  action or create a  presumption  that the
claimant is not so entitled.

SECTION 8. A person who has been successful,  on the merits or otherwise, in the
defense of a civil or criminal  action or proceeding of the character  described
in Section 1 shall be entitled to indemnification only as provided in Sections 1
and  3,  notwithstanding  any  provision  of the  New  York  Banking  Law to the
contrary.


                                                    ARTICLE VI

                                                       SEAL


SECTION 1. The Board of  Directors  shall  provide a seal for the  Company,  the
counterpart dies of which shall be in the charge of the Secretary of the Company
and such officers as the Chairman of the Board,  the Chief Executive  Officer or
the  Secretary  may from  time to time  direct  in  writing,  to be  affixed  to
certificates  of stock and other  documents in accordance with the directions of
the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors  may  provide,  in proper cases on a specified
occasion  and for a  specified  transaction  or  transactions,  for the use of a
printed or engraved facsimile seal of the Company.


                                                    ARTICLE VII

                                                   CAPITAL STOCK


SECTION 1.  Registration of transfer of shares shall only be made upon the books
of the Company by the registered holder in person, or by power of attorney, duly
executed,  witnessed and filed with the Secretary or other proper officer of the
Company,  on the surrender of the  certificate  or  certificates  of such shares
properly assigned for transfer.


                                                   ARTICLE VIII

                                                   CONSTRUCTION


SECTION 1. The  masculine  gender,  when  appearing in these  By-Laws,  shall be


<PAGE>



deemed to include the feminine gender.


                                                    ARTICLE IX

                                                    AMENDMENTS


SECTION 1. These  By-Laws  may be  altered,  amended or added to by the Board of
Directors  at any  meeting,  or by the  stockholders  at any  annual or  special
meeting, provided notice thereof has been given.



<PAGE>




Legal Title of Bank: Bankers Trust Company   Call Date: 09/30/98
Address:             130 Liberty Street      Vendor ID: D
City, State    ZIP:  New York, NY  10006                                     11
ST-BK:   36-4840  FFIEC 031
CERT:  00623      Page RC-1
FDIC Certificate No.:      |  0 |  0 |  6 |  2 |  3

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial
and State-Chartered Savings Banks for September 30, 1998

All  schedules  are to be reported in  thousands  of dollars.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  reported the amount  outstanding  as of the last business day of the
quarter.

SCHEDULE RC - BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 C400

                                                                     Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD   Bil Mil Thou
                     ASSETS
 1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):
 <S>                                                                                                <C>    <C>

     a.   Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1).................................    0081   2,291,000
     b.   Interest bearing balances(2)..........................................................    0071   2,636,000
  2. Securities:
     a.   Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)............................    1754            0
     b.   Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)..........................    1773    6,617,000
  3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.....................    1350   32,734,000
  4. Loans and lease financing receivables:
     a.   Loans and leases, net of unearned income (from Schedule RC-C).........................    2122   20,227,000
     b.   LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses.............................................    3123      619,000
     c.   LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve.................................................    3128            0
     d.   Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
          allowance, and reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c)....................................   2125   19,608,000
  5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)........................................................    3545   49,545,000
  6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)...................................    2145      885,000
  7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)...............................................    2150      115,000
  8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule
     RC-M)......................................................................................    2130      391,000
  9. Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding...............................    2155      392,000


<PAGE>



10. Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M).....................................................    2143       266,000
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)..........................................................    2160     5,884,000
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)...................................................    2170   121,364,000
</TABLE>



- --------------------------
(1)      Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
(2)      Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.








Legal Title of Bank:         Bankers Trust Company                   FFIEC  031
Address:                     130 Liberty Street                      Page RC-2
City, State     Zip:         New York, NY 10006

 Call Date: 09/30/98       ST-BK: 36-4840
 Vendor ID: D              CERT: 00623

FDIC Certificate Number: 00623



SCHEDULE RC -- CONTINUED



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Dollar Amounts in Thousands        Bil Mil Thou

LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                                                      <C>     <C>    <C>

13.  Deposits:
     a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E, Part I)...........     RCON    2200   22,231,000
       (1) Noninterest-bearing(1)...................................................................     RCON    6631    3,040,000


<PAGE>



       (2) Interest-bearing.........................................................................     RCON    6636   19,191,000
     b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs (from Schedule RC-E, Part II).     RCFN    2200   21,932,000
       (1) Noninterest-bearing......................................................................     RCFN    6631    2,423,000
       (2) Interest-bearing.........................................................................     RCFN    6636   19,509,000
14.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.....................     RCFD    2800   14,360,000
15.  a. Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury....................................................     RCON    2840            0
     b. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)....................................................     RCFD    3548   32,890,000
16.  Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under     capitalized leases):
     a. With a remaining maturity of one year or less...............................................     RCFD    2332    7,653,000
     b. With a remaining maturity of more than one year through three years.........................     A547            3,707,000
     c. With a remaining maturity of more than three years..........................................     A548            3,034,000
17.  Not Applicable.................................................................................
18.  Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding.......................................     RCFD    2920      392,000
19.  Subordinated notes and debentures (2)..........................................................     RCFD    3200    1,533,000
20.  Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G).........................................................     RCFD    2930    6,595,000
21.  Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20).................................................     RCFD    2948  114,327,000
22.  Not Applicable.................................................................................

EQUITY CAPITAL
23.  Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus..................................                     RCFD    3838    1,500,000
24.  Common stock...................................................................                     RCFD    3230    2,002,000
25.  Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock).......................                     RCFD    3839      540,000
26.  a. Undivided profits and capital reserves......................................                     RCFD    3632    3,421,000
     b. Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities......                     RCFD    8434      (46,000)
27.  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments............................                     RCFD3284         (380,000)
28.  Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)..............................                     RCFD3210        5,994,000
29.  Total liabilities and equity capital (sum of items 21 and 28)..................                     RCFD3300      121,364,000


Memorandum
To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.
   1.       Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the
            most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external                   Number
            auditors as of any date during 1996     .................................................     RCFD    6724   1

1  =  Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance      4 = Directors' examination of the bank performed by other
      with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified      external auditors (may be required by state chartering
      public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank      authority)
2  =  Independent audit of the bank's parent holding company     5 = Review of the bank's financial statements by external
      conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing       auditors
      standards by a certified public accounting firm which      6 = Compilation of the bank's financial statements by external
      submits a report on the consolidated holding company           auditors
      (but not on the bank separately)                           7 = Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)
3     = Directors'  examination  of the bank  conducted in 8 = No external audit


<PAGE>


      work accordance with generally  accepted auditing standards by a certified
      public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)

</TABLE>

- ----------------------
(1)      Including  total  demand  deposits  and  noninterest-bearing  time  and
         savings deposits.
(2) Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission